Scholia on Orestes 1201–1300
Or. 1201.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνῳ μαλάξειν σπλάγχνον⟩: ποτὲ μαλακισθῆναι καρδίαν —Rfr
TRANSLATION: (I believe that) eventually his heart gets softened.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1201.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χρόνῳ μαλάξειν σπλάγχνον⟩: τῇ παρατάσει τοῦ χρόνου μαλαχθήσεσθαι τὴν καρδίαν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (I believe that) with the passage of time his heart will be softened.
LEMMA: χρόνῳ T POSITION: s.l. except XT; spaced as three sep. glosses XaXb
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T
APP. CRIT. 2: παρατάσσει T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,20–21
Or. 1201.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨χρόνῳ⟩: ὕστερον —V3AaMnPrRSaZZaZbZlZmZuTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τουτέστιν prep. V3, καὶ prep. Mn, ἤγουν prep. Zm
Or. 1201.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μαλάξειν⟩: καταπραῧναι δοκῶ —V3
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: perhaps καταπραΰναι V3
Or. 1201.08 (thom gloss) ⟨μαλάξειν⟩: καταπραῧναι —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑πραΰναι Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,21
Or. 1201.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μαλάξειν⟩: πραῧναι —Y2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: πραΰναι CrOx
Or. 1201.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μαλάξει⟩: μαλάξαι —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘malaxei’, ‘he will soften’, there is a variant reading) ‘malaxai’ (aorist infinitive, ‘to soften’).
LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1201.13 (thom exeg) ⟨σπλάγχνον⟩: ἡ πρὸς τὴν θυγατέρα φυσικὴ προσπάθεια —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Splangchnon’ here means) ‘his natural intense affection toward his daughter’.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,21–22
Or. 1201.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨σπλάγχνον⟩: τὴν καρδίαν —T+ZcCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | τὴν om. Zc
COMMENT: The Moscupulaean designation by Triclinius results from the extraction of thus gloss from sch. 1201.02.
Or. 1202.03 (thom gloss) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: φυσικῶς ὑπάρχει —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: φυσικῶς] πεφυκὼς Zl
Or. 1202.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τήνδ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ μὴ εἶναι οὔτε θρασὺς οὔτε ἄλκιμος —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘This’ refers to) the fact that he (Menelaus) is neither bold nor brave.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,23–24
Or. 1203.01 (vetThom gloss) ⟨σωτηρίας ἔπαλξιν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀσφάλειαν —MB2/3bOVCAaPrSaY2GZZaZbZlZmZuTGu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. M; next to 1202 M, cont. from next with καὶ PrSa
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] M, om. others
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,1; Dind. II.280,24 and 25
Or. 1203.02 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔπαλξιν⟩: βοήθειαν —M2FMnPrRfrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZmCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. XXaXbTYfGr, καὶ prep. FCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,24
Or. 1203.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔπαλξιν⟩: ὀχύρωμα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ὀχείρωμα Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,25
Or. 1203.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴρηται λόγος⟩: τουτέστιν ὃν ἐβουλόμην εἰπεῖν λόγον ἔλεγξα. —Zl
TRANSLATION: That is, I have spoken the speech that I wanted to speak.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For ἔλεγξα from λέγω (rather than, as often, an unaugmented version of ἤλεγξα), cf. Nicolaus Lucanes, Metaphrasis Iliadis 262 ἡ μὲν Ἀνδρομάχη τότε ἔλεγξε τοιούτους λόγους.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1203.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἴρηται λόγος⟩: ὑπόθεσις πεπλήρωται. —B2
TRANSLATION: The topic has been completed.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,25–26
COMMENT: Also possible, but less likely in my view, is the translation ‘The suggestion has been fulfilled’.
Or. 1203.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἴρηται λόγος⟩: πεπλήρωκα τὸν λόγον μου. —B3b
TRANSLATION: I have completely my speech.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,25–26
COMMENT: Dindorf, without any note, prints a single note ὑπόθεσις πεπλήρωται τοῦ λόγου μου, whereas τ(ὸν) λόγον is clearly written. I judge that two hands are at work, and B3b creates πεπλήρωκε by adding κε above the end of B2’s πεπλήρωται and then adds τὸν λόγον μου.
Or. 1203.11 (thom exeg) ⟨λόγος⟩: ὃν εἰπεῖν ἐβουλόμην —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2
TRANSLATION: (Namely, the speech) that I wanted to speak.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,26
Or. 1204.01 (1204–1205) (vet exeg) ὦ τὰς φρένας μὲν ἄρσενας: 1ἁρμόζουσα μὲν ἀνδράσι διὰ τὰς φρένας, γυναικὶ δὲ ὁμοία τὸ σῶμα, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐπρεπὴς οὖσα. 2ἢ γυναικὸς φύσιν ἔχουσα, 3ὃ καὶ βέλτιον. —MBVCPrRfRwSaZu
TRANSLATION: Conforming to males because of her wits, but similar to a woman in her body, equivalent to ‘being attractive’. Or (the latter phrase means) ‘having the natural form of a woman’, which is indeed (a) better (interpretation).
LEMMA: V(ἄρσενας add. V1 in blank space), ὦ τὰς φρένας μὲν M, ὦ τὰς φρένας BRfRw REF. SYMBOL: MBVPrRf POSITION: s.l. Zu
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἀρμάζουσα … οὖσα ἢ add. in blank space V1 | 1 μὲν om. V1 | ἀνδράσι om. PrSaZu, add. ἄρσενι after φρένας | διὰ] δὴ Pr | γυναικὶ] γυναικὸς V1, γυναιξὶ Arsen. | τὸ σῶμα] τῶ σώματι V1, τὰς τὸ σῶμα Pr, σῶμα Zu | τοῦ om. C | ἀπρεπὴς RfSa, ἀπρεπὲς Pr, εὐπρεπὲς Zu | 2 ἢ] καὶ Arsen. (MeMuPh) | φύσει C | 3 ὃ om. M
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀνδρᾶσι MV1 | δ’ Zu | ὁμοῖα MV1RfSa, ὅμοια Zu |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,2–4; Dind. II.281,1–3
Or. 1204.02 (1204–1205) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἁρμοζόμενον γυναιξί. 2τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἀρετὰς καὶ ὁ Πλάτων [cf. Plato, Rep. 455d–456a] κοινὰς εἶναί φησι, πλεονεκτεῖν δὲ ἴσως τοὺς ἄρσενας. —MBOVCPrRwSaZu
TRANSLATION: (Wits like a man, but a body) befitting women. For Plato too says that virtues are in common (between the sexes), but perhaps males have a greater share.
LEMMA: MBVC POSITION: s.l. (above 1205) Zu; cont. from prev. Pr
APP. CRIT.: 1 πρέπον prep. BPrRwSaZu | ἁρμοζόμενον γυναιξί] γυναικὸς φύσιν ἔχουσα O | γυναιξὶ om. V (unless lost to damage) | 2 μὲν om. OPrZu | καὶ om. Zu
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶναι φησὶν BOCPrZu(φησὶ), εἶναι φησι Rw, εἶναι φυσί (sic) Sa | ἄρρενας BOZu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,5–6; Dind. II.281,6–7
COMMENT: The scholiast makes a verbally inexact reference to the discussion of the likeness of the φύσεις of males vs. females in Rep. 455d6–e1: οὐδὲν ἄρα ἐστίν, ὦ φίλε, ἐπιτήδευμα τῶν πόλιν διοικούντων γυναικὸς διότι γυνή, οὐδ’ ἀνδρὸς διότι ἀνήρ, ἀλλ’ ὁμοίως διεσπαρμέναι αἱ φύσεις ἐν ἀμφοῖν τοῖν ζῴοιν, καὶ πάντων μὲν μετέχει γυνὴ ἐπιτηδευμάτων κατὰ φύσιν, πάντων δὲ ἀνήρ, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ ἀσθενέστερον γυνὴ ἀνδρός.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Plato
Or. 1204.03 (1204–1205) (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ τὰς φρένας … θηλείαις πρέπον⟩: 1ὦ Ἠλέκτρα ἡ τὰς φρένας ἔχουσα ἁρμοζούσας τῷ ἄρρενι, τὸ δὲ κάλλος γυναικεῖον. 2τὰς γὰρ ἀρετὰς ὁ Πλάτων κοινὰς εἶναι φησί. —Mn
TRANSLATION: O Electra, you who have wits befitting a male, but beauty that is womanly. For Plato says that the virtues are shared in common.
Or. 1204.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὦ τὰς φρένας … θηλείαις πρέπον⟩: ὦ ἀνδρεία κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν καὶ ὡραία κατὰ τὸ σῶμα —Pk
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,3–4
Or. 1204.05 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὦ τὰς φρένας⟩: Ἠλέκτρα —PrRSaZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὦ prep. R
Or. 1204.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄρσενας⟩: ἄρσενι ἁρμοζούσας —O
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀρμόζουσα O
COMMENT: O’s nominative could be kept if the gloss is taken to apply to the whole participial expression τὰς φρένας … κεκτημένη; but it is written exactly over ἄρσενας and more probably is meant to explain it, as the following glosses do.
Or. 1204.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄρσενας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀρρενικάς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀρσεν‑ T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,4–5
Or. 1204.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄρσενας⟩: ἀρρενικῶς —Zc
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: If this is not a mere corruption of ἀρσενικάς, it is a case of treating an adjective as equivalent to an adverb in sense.
Or. 1204.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄρσενας⟩: καὶ ὁμοίας ἀνδράσι —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.; wrongly punct. as if two sep. Ox
Or. 1205.01 (moschThom gloss) τὸ σῶμα δὲ: κεκτημένη —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT*Ox2
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 1205.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ σῶμα⟩: τὸ κάλλος —MnPrRSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ] γρ() PrSa
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1205.05 (thom gloss) ⟨πρέπον⟩: διαλάμπον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,9
Or. 1205.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨πρέπον⟩: διαπρέπον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,8
Or. 1205.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρέπον⟩: ἤτοι σῶφρον —B3b
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,8
Or. 1206.02 (thom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὄντως —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,10
Or. 1206.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν —Aa2GGu2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,10
Or. 1206.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: ὑπάρχεις —AaF2MnRZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,11
Or. 1206.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: ὑπῆρξας —ZbZlZmGGuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ὑπάρξω Ox
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,10
Or. 1207.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πυλάδη⟩: ἐπιστροφὴ —Zl
TRANSLATION: Epistrophe (turning to a different addressee).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: In Release 2 I emended sch. 607.01 ἐπιστροφὴ to ἀποστροφὴ, but I now judge that change to be unnecessary. ἐπέστρεψε τὸν λόγον is used a few times in scholia to note the transition to an address after narrative or to mark a change or specification of addressee: Sch. Pind. Ol. 3.160c Drachmann (self-address with θυμέ), Ol. 5.48–57 Drachmann (change from addressing Zeus to addressing Psaumis), Sch. M Hec. 383 (change from addressing Polyxena to addressing Odysseus), a usage also found a few times in authors such a Plutarch. Similarly, here ἐπιστροφή refers to an address to Pylades after lines addressed to Electra, and in Sch. Theocr. 9.28–30c Wendel ἐπιστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα. πρὸς τὰς Μούσας the term is either a synomyn for ἀποστροφή or is used to mark a change from first-person narrative to address. In the passage of Hecuba just referred to where ἐπέστρεψε appeared, Pr has ἀποστρέφεται πρὸς τὸν Ὀδυσσέα. In some other scholia recentiora ἐπιστροφή and ἀποστροφή sometimes seem to be interchangeable, as in sch. 607.01, where the former term refers to Tyndareus’s addressing Orestes from the very opening of his rhesis. At Hec. 55 (Polydorus apostrophizes Hecuba near the end of his speech) S has ἀπὸ τῆς διηγήσεως ἐτράπη πρὸς ἐπιστροφὴν, while Y2 has ἀποστροφή. At Hec. 604 σὺ δ’ ἐλθὲ (where Hecuba, after apostrophizing Polyxena and engaging in generalizations turns to address commands to Talthybius) Gr has ἀποστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Ταλθύβιον, but Zc has ἐπιστροφὴ; then at 609 (where Hecuba turns to ordering her servant) Zm has ἑτέρα ἀποστροφή while Zc has ἑτέρα ἐπιστροφὴ πρὸς τὴν αὐτῆς δούλην. At Hec. 752, when Hecuba finally ends her self-directed observations and addresses Agamemnon, Y has ἐπιστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα. At Hec. 1115 εἰσορᾷς ἃ πάσχω, in Polymestor’s first couplet addressing Agamemnon, Pr has ὑποστροφὴ (read ἀποστροφὴ?) καὶ ἐπιστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα. Later in Orestes, in sch. 1353.01 Zl has, as here, ἐπιστροφὴ (Electra, after addressing Orestes and Pylades indoors, turns back to the chorus with ἰὼ ἰὼ φίλαι).
KEYWORDS: addressee identified | apostrophe
Or. 1207.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁμαρτήσῃ⟩: Ἀττικὸν —Rf
TRANSLATION: (The middle voice in the future of this verb is) an Attic usage.
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς
Or. 1207.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁμαρτήσῃ⟩: ἁμαρτήσεις —Zm
TRANSLATION: (For middle ‘hamartēsēi’ there is a variant reading, active) ‘hamartēseis’ (both ‘you will miss out on’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1207.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁμαρτήσεις⟩: ἁμαρτήσῃ —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (For active ‘hamartēseis’ there is a variant reading, middle) ‘hamartēsēi’ (both ‘you will miss out on’).
LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1207.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἁμαρτήσῃ⟩: ἀποτύχῃς —AaMnPrRfrSaZZaZbZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἐπιτύχης PrSa
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑τύχεις Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,12–13
Or. 1207.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἁμαρτήσῃ⟩: ἀποτεύξῃ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,12
Or. 1207.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁμαρτήσῃ⟩: ἀστοχήσεις —ZlLb
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀστοχήσ() Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,13
Or. 1207.12 (thom exeg) ⟨τάλας⟩: γρ. φίλος. —ZmGuZcr
TRANSLATION: (For ‘talas’, ‘unhappy’,) the reading ‘philos’ (‘friend’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1207.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: καρτερώτατ() —Mn, perhaps R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καρτερ[ app. R
Or. 1208.02 (vet exeg) ᾗ ζῶν: ᾗτινι συζῶν· τὸ γὰρ ζῶν ἀντὶ τοῦ συζῶν· μακάριος ἔσῃ. —MBCRfRwZu
TRANSLATION: (‘Living to/for whom’ means) ‘living together with whom’—for ‘living’ (‘zōn’) is used (herfor ‘living together (‘suzōn’)’—‘you will be very fortunate’.
LEMMA: B; ἢ in text MRw (ἧ p.c. M or M2) REF. SYMBOL: MBRf POSITION: marg. M, s.l. CZu
APP. CRIT.: μακ. ἔσῃ] καὶ συνοικῶν B, om. Zu
APP. CRIT. 2: ζυζῶν a.c. Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,7; Dind. II.281,14–15
Or. 1208.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ζῶν⟩: συζῶν —AaFMnPrRfrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa, γρ. prep. Mn | σὺ ζῶν MnPrYf(σύ), σὺ (om. ζῶν) G
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1208.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨μακάριον … λέχος⟩: βίον μετὰ γυναικὸς δι’ ὃν ἔσῃ μακαριζόμενος —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Blessed marriage-bed’, that is,) a life with a wife on account of which (life) you will be counted blessed.
REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo
APP. CRIT. 2: μετα Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,15–16
COMMENT: For the impulse to explain the use of μακάριος when not applied to a person, see Moschopulus’ sch. 4.07.
Or. 1208.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μακάριον … λέχος⟩: μακάριον βίον μετὰ γυναικὸς δι’ ἣν ἔσῃ μακαριζόμενος —G
TRANSLATION: (‘Blessed marriage-bed’, that is,) a blessed life with a wife on account of whom you will be counted blessed.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1208.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μακάριον … λέχος⟩: ἤτοι μακαριστὸς ἐστὶν ὁ τοιαύτης γυναικὸς λέχος κτησάμενος. —Zl
TRANSLATION: That is, he is counted blessed who has acquired the marriage with such a wife.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κτησάμενος] Mastr., κτήσαιτο Zl; alternatively, emend ὁ to ὃς and keep κτήσαιτο
Or. 1208.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτήσῃ⟩: (κτή)σω —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ktēsēi’, ‘you will acquire’, there is a variant reading) ‘ktēsō’ (‘I will acquire’). OR (‘Ktēsēi’, ‘you will acquire’, here means) ‘ektēsō’ (‘you acquired’).(?)
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The form κτήσω is attested frequently in grammarians and lexicons as a manufactured future of κτάω meaning ‘kill’, but for the form as future of κτάομαι, ‘acquire’, I find only Basilicorum libros I-XI 58.13.17,1–3 ἐὰν κατὰ διαφόρους καιροὺς δουλείαν κτήσω καὶ νυκτερινοῦ καὶ ἡμερινοῦ ὕδατος καὶ μόνῳ τῷ ἡμερινῷ χρήσωμαι, τὸ νυκτερινὸν μόνον διὰ τῆς ἀχρησίας ἀπόλλω. Since the first person makes little sense as a variant (or gloss) in this place, one wonders whether the scribe meant to convey ἐκτήσω, a gloss by someone who detected an exchange of tenses here.
Or. 1209.01 (vet exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴθε τοῦτο γένοιτο —B
TRANSLATION: (‘Ei gar genoito’ is) equivalent to ‘would that this might come about!’
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,17
Or. 1209.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο⟩: πῶς γένοιτο, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴθε γὰρ —Ra
TRANSLATION: (‘Ei gar genoito’ means) ‘how might it come about?’; (‘ei gar’ is) equivalent to ‘eithe gar’ (particles introducing a wish).
Or. 1209.03 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ γὰρ⟩: ἄν ποτε —AaPrRfrSaZuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FCrOx | ἄμποτε AaFZu
Or. 1209.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨εἰ γὰρ⟩: εἴθε —B2OMnRXXaXbXoYYfGrZbZcZlT*Ox2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,17
COMMENT: Triclinius has perhaps misplaced the cross in this case, since ZZaZm lack this item, while Zb often carries Moschopulean glosses and Zl too often has non-Thoman additions.
Or. 1209.05 (thom exeg) ⟨γένοιτο⟩: ἂν —ZZa
TRANSLATION: (For plain optative ‘genoito’, ‘may it happen’, there is a variant reading) ‘genoit’ an’ (optative with modal particle, ‘it could happen’).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Note that ZbZlZm have γένοιτ’ ἂν in the text here.
Or. 1209.06 (thom gloss) ⟨γένοιτο⟩: συζῆν αὐτῇ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: συζεῖν Za
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,18
Or. 1209.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Φωκέων … πόλιν⟩: ἔνθα ἡ ἐμὴ πατρίς πέφυκε —Zl
TRANSLATION: (‘City of the Phocians’,) where my homeland is.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1209.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨Φωκέων … πόλιν⟩: εἰς τὴν τῶν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. G
Or. 1209.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πόλιν⟩: εἰς —AaF2MnRRfrOx2B3b
POSITION: s.l., above φωκέων F2
APP. CRIT.: τὴν add. F2ROx2
Or. 1210.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καλοῖσιν ὑμεναίοισιν ἀξιουμένη⟩: καλοῖς ὕμνοις ἐπιθαλαμίοις κοσμουμένη, τιμωμένη —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1210.02 (rec gloss) ⟨καλοῖσιν ὑμεναίοισιν⟩: καλῶν ὑμεναίων —AaMnPrRfrSaB3b
LEMMA: κακοῖσιν in text Pr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὑμεν. om. Aa, add. Aa2
COLLATION NOTES: Pr wrote the gloss as ῶν above οῖσιν and ων above οισιν, but then added καλ(ῶν) above κακ to clarify the gloss, without changing the mistaken kappa in the text.
Or. 1210.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑμεναίοις⟩: παστάσι —F
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: παστᾶσι F
COMMENT: For the sense ‘marriage’, see BDAG s.v. παστάς.
Or. 1210.05 (mosch gloss) ὑμεναίοισιν: ἐπιθαλαμίοις ᾄσμασιν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἄσμ. ἐπιθ. transp. Zc
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπὶ θαλαμίοις XaXb | ἄσμασι XaXbXo
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,19
Or. 1210.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑμεναίοισιν⟩: καὶ ὕμνοις —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: app. ψαμνοις a.c. Cr
Or. 1210.08 (vet exeg) ἀξιουμένη: 1οἷον κοσμουμένη, τιμωμένη. 2ἀνοίκεια δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ προκειμένου ἀγῶνος. —MBOCPrRaRfRwSaZu
TRANSLATION: (‘Axioumene’, ‘deemed worthy’,) as it were, adorned, honored. And these details are not germane to the struggle that lies before them.
LEMMA: Rw, ἀξιωμένη Rf REF. SYMBOL: M, at 1204 κεκτημένη Pr POSITION: marg. MO, s.l. Zu; cont. from sch. 1208.02 B(prep. τὸ δὲ ἀξιουμέν()), cont. from sch. 1209.02 on facing verso Ra
APP. CRIT.: 1 οἷον … τιμωμένη om. Ra | οἷον and τιμωμένη om. O | τιμωρουμένη Sa | 2 προειρημένου O | ἀγῶνος] σκοποῦ Sa
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀνήκεια Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,9–10; Dind. II.281,20–21
COMMENT: It is unclear whether ταῦτα refers narrowly to the details of 1209–1210 or to the entire short exchange between Orestes and Pylades in 1207–1210. The reference symbol at 1204 in Pr may indicate that someone applied the remark to 1204–1210, thus objecting to the praise of Electra as well.
KEYWORDS: criticism of poet
Or. 1210.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀξιουμένη⟩: ἀξιοῦται τιμῆς. λάβω ἔχω, ἀφίημι. (separation line) περιέπεσες περιέβαλε(?). / μεθίημι ἐνεργητικὸν αἰτιατικῇ, παθητικὸν [γενικῇ]. —K
POSITION: marg.
COLLATION NOTES: NEED COMMENT or DIVISION
Or. 1210.12 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀξιουμένη⟩: τιμωμένη —KXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZmT*Zc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,19
Or. 1211.01 (1211–1213) (pllgn exeg) 1φοβούμενος Ὀρέστης μήποτε πολὺν ἴσως χρόνον διατριψάσης τῆς Ἑρμιόνης ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῶν τάφον προφθάσῃ ὁ Μενέλαος καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῆς Ἑλένης φόνου διάθηται αὐτοὺς κακῶς, 2καὶ ἔσται εἰς κενὸν τὸ σόφισμα καίτοι γε καλὸν οὕτω τυγχάνον εἰ προχωρήσει καὶ σοφώτατον, 3ἐρωτᾷ εἰ πολὺς ἔστιν ὁ χρόνος ἀφ’ οὗ πρὸς τὸν τάφον ἦλθεν ἐκείνη. 4καὶ φησίν· ἐπὶ τίνος δὲ χρόνου μέτρον ἐλεύσεται εἰς τοὺς οἴκους ἡ Ἑρμιόνη; 5ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὰ ἄλλα εἶπας καλῶς ἅμα καὶ σοφῶς, δήλωσον καὶ τοῦτο. 6εἴπερ ἄρα συντόμως ἐλεύσεται, καὶ εὐτυχήσομεν κατὰ τοῦτο, καλῶς ἑλόντες τὴν θυγατέρα. 7τοῦτο γὰρ δηλοῖ διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν σκύμνον τοῦ ἀνοσίου πατρὸς, τουτέστι τοῦ Μενελάου. 8εἰ γὰρ ἐκείνης βραδυνούσης προφθάσει Μενέλαος, εἰς κενὸν ἡμῖν, ὡς εἴρηται, ἔσται τὸ σόφισμα. —Z2
TRANSLATION: Orestes, being afraid that, if perhaps Hermione has tarried for a long time in visiting the tomb of their mother, Menelaus may arrive first and put difficulties in their way concerning the killing of Helen, and their stratagem will (thus) come to nought even though it thus happens to be fine and very clever, (namely) if it will succeed, asks whether the time since that girl went to the tomb is long. And he says: At the measure of what time will Hermione come to the house? For since you said the rest both well and cleverly, reveal this point too—whether in fact she will come quickly and we will succeed in this effort, having opportunely captured his daughter,—for he means this (his daughter) by speaking of the cub of the unholy father, that is, of Menelaus—for if Menelaus arrives first while she is being slow, the stratagem will, as has been said, come to nought for us.
REF. SYMBOL: Z2
APP. CRIT.: 1 αὐτῶν] αὐτῆς Z2 | 2 οὕτω] perhaps τοῦτο Mastr.
Or. 1211.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τίνος χρόνου⟩: μετρικὸν(?) —Mn
TRANSLATION: (Genitive ‘of what time’) expressing measure.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: poorly written or damaged in Mn
Or. 1211.05 (vet gloss) ⟨τίνος χρόνου⟩: ἐν ποίῳ χρόνῳ —BAaY2Gu
POSITION: marg. BY2, s.l. AaGu
APP. CRIT.: ἐν om. AaGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,22
Or. 1211.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνος χρόνου⟩: κατὰ τίνα χρόνον —Rfr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,23
Or. 1211.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨τίνος χρόνου⟩: διὰ πόσου χρόνου —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: διὰ om. Gr, add. Gu | πόσου] ποίου p.c. Ya/2 | χρόνου om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,22
Or. 1212.01 (1212–1213) (vet exeg) ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας: 1τὸ ἑξῆς ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας κάλλιστα· 2εἰ τοῦτ’ εὐτυχήσομεν τὸ λαβεῖν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, δόξεις τἄλλα καλῶς εἰρηκέναι. —MBCRaRw
TRANSLATION: The simple word order is ‘since you spoke the rest, certainly, very well’: if we will succeed in this, capturing Hermione, you will seem to have said the rest well.
LEMMA: M(ταλλα)B(τᾶλλά)Ra, ὡς τἄλλα Rw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: marg. M
APP. CRIT.: 2 εὐωχήσομεν Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξῆς M | τᾶλλά B, τάλλα M | γε B | κάλιστα M | 2 app. ἐρμ(ιόνην) M | τᾶλλα B, τάλλα M, τἄλα C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,11–13; Dind. II.281,24–282,1
Or. 1212.02 (1212–1213) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἐὰν τούτου μόνου ἐπιτύχωμεν, πάντα τὰ ἄλλα καλῶς εἴρηκας. —MBCRaRw
TRANSLATION: If we attain this single thing, you have spoken all the rest well.
LEMMA: MC POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1212.01 Rw
APP. CRIT.: ἐὰν γὰρ BC | μόνον τοῦτο εὐτυχήσομεν Ra | πάντα lost to damage or om. Ra | τὰ ἄλλα] τ’ἄλλα τὰ Ra
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,14–15; Dind. II.282,1–2
Or. 1212.03 (1212–1213) (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας … ἀνοσίου πατρός⟩: ἐὰν γὰρ τούτου μόνου ἐπιτύχωμεν τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν Ἑλένην, πάντα τὰ ἄλλα καλῶς εἴρηκας. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: For if we attain this one thing, capturing Helen, you spoke all the rest well.
REF. SYMBOL: at 1209 εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο Pr
APP. CRIT.: τούτου μόνου] Mastr. (cf. prev. and next), τότε μόνον PrSa
COMMENT: For Helen here instead of Hermione, cf. sch. 1212.20 in M.
Or. 1212.04 (1212–1213) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας … ἀνοσίου πατρός⟩: ἐὰν γὰρ τούτου μόνου ἐπιτύχωμεν τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, πάντως τὰ ἄλλα καλῶς εἴρηκας εἰς τὸ κρατῆσαι ταύτην. —Zu
TRANSLATION: For if we attain this one thing, capturing Hermione, by all means you have spoken the rest well in regard to overpowering her.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1212.05 (1212–1213) (mosch exeg) ⟨ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας … ἀνοσίου πατρός⟩: εἰπὲ δηλονότι, ἐπεὶ τὰ ἄλλα γε εἶπας κάλλιστα, εἴπερ εὐτυχήσομεν, ἑλόντες σκύμνον ἀνοσίου πατρός. —XXaXbT+YYfGr, partial XoG
TRANSLATION: (Understand) ‘tell (me)’, clearly, ‘since you spoke the rest, certainly, very well, if in fact we will succeed, having captured the cub of an unholy father.
REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYfG; at level of 1211 T
APP. CRIT.: γε om. TG | εἴπερ κτλ om. XoG
APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,2–3
COMMENT: By placing this note at the level of 1211 (against all the other witnesses), Triclinius perhaps wanted to make it clearer that εἰπὲ δηλονότι is supplied to govern the question asked in 1211.
Or. 1212.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι —MnPrSaZZaZbZlZmTGGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1212.10 (1212–1213) (rec paraphr) ⟨τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας … κάλλισθ’⟩: ἐὰν μόνον τοῦτο εὐτυχήσομεν, δόξεις τὰ ἄλλα καλῶς εἰρηκέναι. —Mn
TRANSLATION: If we will succeed in this alone, you will seem to have spoken the rest well.
REF. SYMBOL: Mn (at εἰ τάδ’, in its text for εἴπερ)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282, app. at 1
Or. 1212.12 (thom exeg) ⟨τἄλλα⟩: τὸ θεῖναι τὸ ξίφος ἐν τῇ δέρῃ αὐτῆς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘The rest’ refers to) placing the sword at her neck.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,4–5
Or. 1212.18 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ τάδ’⟩: εἴπερ —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ei tad’ ’, ‘if these things’, there is a variant reading) ‘eiper’ (‘if in fact’).
LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1212.20 (vet exeg) ⟨εὐτυχήσομεν⟩: τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν Ἑλένην —M
TRANSLATION: (‘We will succeed’, namely,) in capturing Helen.
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1212.02.
Or. 1213.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨κάλλισθ᾽⟩: κάλλιστα, ἀντὶ τοῦ καλλίστως —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
TRANSLATION: (‘Kallisth’: the unelided form is neuter plural accusative) ‘kallista’, used for (adverb) ‘kallistōs’ (‘extremely well’).
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: κάλλιστα om. XoTYfGr, κάλλιστα ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GZcOx2
Or. 1213.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλόντες⟩: λαβόντες —F2Zb2ZcrCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1213.06 (vet exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: σκύμνος κυρίως τὸ τῶν λεόντων τέκνον, νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ ἀνθρώπου. —MBCPrSaZu
TRANSLATION: ‘Skumnos’ (‘cub’) is properly the child of lions, but here used of a human being.
REF. SYMBOL: Pr POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B, s.l. Zu
APP. CRIT.: σκύμνον Pr | καταχρηστικῶς add. before ἐπὶ Zu | ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνθ. PrSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210.16–17; Dind. II.282,6–7
COMMENT: Cf. Sch. V Hec. 205 τὸν σκύμνον οἱ παλαιοὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς νέου λαμβάνουσι. σκύμνοι δὲ κυρίως λέγονται τὰ ἔκγονα τῶν λεόντων; Sch. Pr Hec. 205 σκύμνος κυρίως τὸ τῶν λεόντων γέννημα λέγεται. δια τοῦτο γοῦν παρείκασε καὶ ἐνταῦθα σκύμνῳ τὴν Πολυξένην, ὡς ἐκ περιφανοῦς καὶ βασιλικοῦ γένους καταγομένην.
KEYWORDS: catachresis
Or. 1213.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: κυρίως λέοντος τέκνον —O
TRANSLATION: (‘Skumnos’ is) properly the child of a lion.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1213.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: σκύμνος ἐπὶ λεόντων, νῦν δ’ ἐπὶ ἀνθρώπου. —G
TRANSLATION: ‘Skumnos’ (‘cub’) applies to lions, but here to a human being.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1213.09 (thom exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: σκύμνον αὐτὴν εἶπεν ὡς παῖδα βασιλέως. —Zm
TRANSLATION: He called her ‘skumnos’ (‘cub’) as being the child of a king.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1213.10 (thom exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: εἶπε δὲ αὐτὴν οὕτως ὡς παῖδα βασιλέως. —ZlGu
TRANSLATION: And he referred to her thus as being the child of a king.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,8
Or. 1213.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: τὴν θυγατέρα —Aa2F2R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. Aa2
APP. CRIT. 2: θυγατέραν R
Or. 1213.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: τὸ γέννημα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZlZmZcCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | τὸ om. YZlZmZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,7
Or. 1214.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὴν —AaF2MnPrRSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*CrOxB2
POSITION: s.l., above εἶναι δοκῶ Mn
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
COLLATION NOTES: Zc also wrote this in 1216 above the p.c. reading νιν (changed from νῦν), but the gloss was subsequently crossed out.
Or. 1214.03 (rec gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: τὴν Ἑρμιόνην —MnPrRRfrSaB2
POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. MnB2
APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. Rfr
Or. 1214.05 (thom gloss) ⟨δοκῶ⟩: ὑπολαμβάνω —ZaZbZlTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
COMMENT: Z is washed out here.
Or. 1215.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῦ γὰρ χρόνου … συντρέχει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φθάνει λοιπὸν ὁ χρόνος καὶ ἐγγύς ἐστιν. —MBOCZu, partial G
TRANSLATION: (The whole phrase is) equivalent to ‘the time has already come and she is near’.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. BO, s.l. CZu, s.l. above 1214 μάτων εἶναι G
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zu, τοῦ om. C | λοιπὸν ὁ χρ. κτλ om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: φθάνοι MC | ἐγγὺς ἐστὶν Zu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,18; Dind. II.282,10–11
Or. 1215.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦ γὰρ χρόνου … συντρέχει⟩: καὶ γὰρ ὁ χρόνος πολὺς διελθὼν ἀφ’ οὗ αὕτη πρὸς τὸν τῆς μητρὸς ἐπορεύθη τάφον συντρέχει καὶ οἷον συμβάλλεται πρὸς τὸ αὐτὴν ἐλθεῖν νῦν. —RfRw
TRANSLATION: For indeed the time that has passed at great length since she went to the tomb of our mother coincides with and, as it were, contributes to the conclusion that she comes now.
LEMMA: τὸ γὰρ μῆκος τοῦ χρόνου (sic) RfRw POSITION: follows sch. 1225.12 σκοτεινῆς Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,15–17
Or. 1215.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦ γὰρ χρόνου … συντρέχει⟩: ἤγουν τῷ πλησίον αὐτὴν εἶναι τῶν οἴκων τοῦ χρόνου τὸ μῆκος εἰς τοῦτο συντρέχει, ἤγουν εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἐκείνην ἐγγὺς τῶν δωμάτων. —Pk
TRANSLATION: That is, for the fact that she is near the house the length of time concurs toward this point, namely to the fact that that woman is close to the house.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: τῷ πλησίον] ⟦τὸ π⟧τῶ⟦λ⟧πλησίον Pk
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,11–13
Or. 1215.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦ γὰρ χρόνου τὸ μῆκος⟩: ἡ ἀργία τοῦ καιροῦ —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀργεία Zl
COMMENT: For the unusual sense of ἀργία here, see LBG s.v. (‘Dehnung’).
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1215.05 (mosch gloss) τὸ μῆκος: ἡ παράτασις —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἡ] ἤγουν Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,9
Or. 1215.06 (thom exeg) ⟨αὐτῷ⟩: 1ἢ τὸ τ̅ο̅ μικρὸν, καὶ ὑποστικτέον εἰς τὸ αὐτό, οὕτω· 2τὸ γὰρ μῆκος αὐτὸ τοῦ χρόνου συντρέχει καὶ συνέρχεται εἰς τὸ πλησίον αὐτὴν εἶναι. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: Or else the syllable ‘to’ (of ‘autōi’ is spelled) with short vowel (i.e., omicron, not omega: ‘auto’), and one must punctuate after the word ‘auto’, (paraphrasing) thus: ‘for the length itself of the time concurs and comes together with the fact that she is nearby’.
LEMMA: thus in text ZZlZm, s.l. Gu REF. SYMBOL: Zm
APP. CRIT.: τὸ τ̅ο̅] τὸ ο̅ Matthiae
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,13–15
KEYWORDS: punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν) | variant readings, both explained
Or. 1215.07 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨αὐτό⟩: αὐτῷ —GuT
TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘auto’ there is a variant reading, dative) ‘autōi’ (‘to/with it’).
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,19
Or. 1215.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨αὐτό⟩: εἰς —KXXaXbXoTYYfGrZcOx2B3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ prep. K
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,19
Or. 1215.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨συντρέχει⟩: τῷ πλησίον αὐτὴν εἶναι τῶν δωμάτων —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῷ] τὸ ZGu
Or. 1216.01 (vet exeg) καλῶς: τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτον. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: (‘Kalōs’, ‘well’, means) ‘this then is like that’ (closing off the previous discussion).
LEMMA: C, καλῶς· σὺ μέν νῦν BRw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: marg. MC; follows displaced sch. 1215.01 Rw (27v, line 4)
APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο] τοῦ C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,20; Dind. II.282,20
Or. 1216.05 (mosch gloss) καλῶς: ἔχει τὸ πρᾶγμα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. Ox2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,24
Or. 1216.11 (1216–1218) (vet exeg) ⟨δόμων πάρος μένουσα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν οἰκημάτων τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῆς ἐκδεχομένη —BRw
TRANSLATION: (‘Remaining before (‘paros’) the house (‘domōn’)’ is) equivalent to ‘awaiting her presence in front of the house (‘oikēmatōn’)’.
POSITION: cont. from sch. 1216.01 BRw, prep. τὸ δὲ δόμων πάρος μένουσα (Rw 27v, lines 4–5)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210, app. at 21–22; Dind. II.282,20–21
Or. 1217.01 (vet exeg) πάρος μένουσα: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπροσθεν. 2ἢ τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῆς ἐκδεχομένη. —MCRw
TRANSLATION: (‘Remaining before (‘paros’)’ is) equivalent to (waiting) ‘in front’. In other words, awaiting her presence.
LEMMA: M(μὲν οὖσα) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. C; Rw 27v, line 1
APP. CRIT.: 1 πάρος prep. Rw | τοῦ] τὸν a.c. M, om. C | παροῦσαν M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,21–22; Dind. II.282, app. at 19
Or. 1217.02 (rec gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἔμπροσθεν —F2MnRZb2ZlZuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1217.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨μένουσα⟩: περιμένουσα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,26
Or. 1217.06 (rec exeg) ⟨παρθένου δέχου πόδα⟩: ἀνάμεινον ⟨τὴν⟩ ἔλευσιν. τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῆς ἐκδέχου, ἤγουν τὴν ἄφιξιν. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Await the maiden’s foot’, that is,) await the coming. Wait for her presence, or her arrival.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ⟨τὴν⟩ ἔλευσιν] Mastr. (cf. next), ἔλευσον PrSa | παρουσίαν] Mastr. (cf. sch. 1217.17), παρρησίαν PrSa
Or. 1217.07 (rec exeg) ⟨παρθένου δέχου πόδα⟩: ἐκδέχου τὴν ἔλευσιν τῆς Ἑρμιόνης —M2MnR
TRANSLATION: (‘Await the maiden’s foot’, that is,) wait for the coming of Hermione.
POSITION: marg. M2, s.l. MnR
APP. CRIT.: perhaps ἤγουν prep. R (traces of η) | τῆς Ἑρμ.] om. R, δηλαδὴ Mn
Or. 1217.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρθένου δέχου πόδα⟩: ἤγουν τὴν παρθένον ἀνάμενε —Zl
TRANSLATION: (‘Await the maiden’s foot’,) that is, await the maiden.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1217.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρθένου … πόδα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἄφιξιν τῆς παρθένου —AaGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Maiden’s foot’, is) used for ‘the arrival of the maiden’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,27–28
Or. 1217.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρθένου … πόδα⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. —CrOx
TRANSLATION: (‘Maiden’s foot’,) that is, Hermione, the whole (expressed) from a part.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν
Or. 1217.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόδα⟩: καταχρηστικῶς τὴν ἄφιξιν, τὴν παρουσίαν —Zu
TRANSLATION: (‘Foot’) in a transferred sense, ‘the arrival’, ‘the presence’.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: catachresis
Or. 1217.18 (mosch gloss) πόδα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπέλευσιν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] τὴν GZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,27
Or. 1218.01 (1218–1220) (rec wdord) word order α (φύλασσε), β (ἤν τις), γ (φθῇ), δ (ἐλθὼν), ε (ἐς οἴκους), ϛ (ἢ σύμμαχος), ζ (ἢ κασίγνητος), η (πρὶν) —M2
Or. 1218.02 (moschThom gloss) ⟨φύλασσε⟩: ἐπιτήρει —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Xo, καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπιτύρει Za
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,1
Or. 1218.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τελευτηθῇ⟩: πληρωθῇ —M2PrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcrCrOxB3bs
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,1–2
Or. 1218.09 (thom gloss) ⟨τελευτηθῇ⟩: τελεσθῇ —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu, app. F2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,2
Or. 1218.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τελευτηθῇ⟩: ἀπαρτισθῇ —AaY2GuZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: app. -τυσθῆ Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,2
Or. 1219.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ξύμμαχός⟩: βοηθός —M2PrSaCrOx
LEMMA: ξύμμαχος in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1219.02 (thom gloss) ⟨ξύμμαχός⟩: βοηθὸς τοῦ Μενελάου —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. ZbGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,3
Or. 1219.04 (vet exeg) ⟨κασίγνητος πατρός⟩: ὁ Μενέλαος δηλονότι —MBCAaPrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Brother of father’ is) Menelaus, clearly.
POSITION: marg. MBC, s.l. AaPrSa
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep., δηλ. om. AaPrSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,23; Dind. II.283, app. at 4
Or. 1219.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨κασίγνητος πατρός⟩: ἢ ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ἤγουν ὁ Μενέλαος —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrOx2
TRANSLATION: (‘Male sibling of father’) or brother of our father, that is, Menelaus.
POSITION: s.l. except XY, marg. Ox2; punct. as three sep. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: only ἡμῶν κτλ Ox2, reusing glosses ὁ ἀδελφὸς and τοῦ of Ox and πατρός from line | ἢ om. XbTGGrOx2 | ἤγουν ὁ om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,3–5
Or. 1220.02 (rec gloss) ⟨φθῇ⟩: φθάνῃ —AaPrSaR
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: φανῆ AaPrSa
COMMENT: The athematic aorist form φθῇ clearly required glossing for medieval students, and occasional glossing of an aorist with a present is one characteristic of the annotation in the recentiores. Although φανῇ (AaPrSa) may have had a superficial plausibility as a gloss here, it is almost certainly a corruption of φθάνῃ since AaPrSa and especially PrSa often share glosses with R.
Or. 1220.03 (rec gloss) ⟨φθῇ⟩: φθάσῃ —MnRfrZcrCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: φθάσει Rfr
Or. 1220.04 (rec gloss) ⟨φθῇ⟩: πάλιν φθάσῃ —PrSa
POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1220.02 with καὶ PrSa
Or. 1220.05 (moschThom gloss) φθῇ: προφθάσῃ —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZlZmZuT*AaF
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X | ‑φθάσας Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,6
Or. 1220.06 (1220–1221) (vet exeg) γέγωνέ τ’ ἐν δόμοις: ἢ διὰ λόγων σημάνασα βόησον μέγα ὥστε ἔνδον ἡμᾶς ὄντας ἀκοῦσαι. —MC, partial OPrRwSaZmZu
TRANSLATION: In other words, indicating through words shout loudly so that we who are inside can hear.
LEMMA: M(γέγωνε τ’) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. O, s.l. PrSaZmZu; cont. from sch. 1216.11, prep. καὶ τὸ γέγωνέ τ’ ἐς δόμους, Rw (fol. 27v, lines 4–5)
APP. CRIT.: ἢ … μέγα om. Zm, ἢ … σημάνασα om. OPrSaZu (but for O cf. sch. 1221.11) | ἢ] ἀντὶ τοῦ Rw | διὰ τῶν λ. M | μέγα ὥστε κτλ om. Rw | ἡμᾶς ἔνδον transp. Zm | ἔνδον] ἔν γαρ Zu, only ἔν[ now visible in O | ὄντας om. OPrSaZu
APP. CRIT. 2: ὅντας M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,24–25; cf. Dind. II.282,22–23
Or. 1220.07 (1220–1221) (vet exeg) ⟨γέγωνέ τ’ ἐν δόμοις … λόγους πέμψασ’ ἔσω⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἢ διὰ λόγων σημάνασα βόησον μέγα ὥστε ἔνδον ἡμᾶς ὄντας ἀκοῦσαι ἢ τὰς θύρας κρούσασα. —BRw
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: either indicating through words shout loudly so that we who are inside can hear, or (let us know) by rapping on the doors.
LEMMA: λέγωνε δ’ εἰς δόμους Rw(incorrect initial by rubr.) POSITION: cont. from sch. 1216.11, prep. καὶ τὸ γέγωνέ τ’ εἰς δόμους, B; fol. 27v, lines 1–2 Rw
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw | τὰς] τῆς Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,24–25 with app.; Dind. II.282,22–23
Or. 1220.08 (recMosch gloss) γέγωνέ τ’: καὶ βόησον —MnRXXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZb2CrOx
LEMMA: γέγωνε (om. τ’) X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. MnTGZb2 | βοήθησον Gr, corr. Gur | μεγάλως add. Y2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,6
COMMENT: Triclinius positions the cross above because βόησον is part of the Thoman gloss (next).
Or. 1220.09 (thom gloss) ⟨γέγωνέ⟩: βόησον τοῦτο —ZZaZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: Gu adds τοῦτο to prev.
Or. 1220.11 (rec gloss) ⟨γέγωνέ⟩: βόα —M2OK
LEMMA: in text γέγωνε M POSITION: s.l. OK, marg., cont. from prev., M2
APP. CRIT.: σὺ prep. O
Or. 1220.14 (pllgn gram) γέγωνε: γεγωνῶ τὸ φωνῶ, ὃ γίνεται παρὰ τὸ γνώω καὶ ἐν ὑπερθέσει γωνῶ καὶ κατὰ διπλασιασμὸν γεγωνῶ. οἱ γὰρ ἐξακουόμενοι γνωστοὶ. ὁ μέσος παρακείμενος γέγωνα. Δίδυμος [p. 402,6 Schmidt = F 377 C.–Pr.] δέ φησι γεγωνεῖν εἶναι τὸ εἰς πᾶσαν γωνίαν ἀφικνεῖσθαι τὴν φωνήν. —Tarec
TRANSLATION: ‘Gegōnō’ meaning ‘speak’, which is derived from ‘gnōō’ (‘understand, recognize’) and by transposition ‘gōnō’, and with reduplication ‘gegōnō’. For those who are heard from a distance are understood. The intransitive perfect is ‘gegōna’. And Didymus says the ‘gegōnein’ is for the voice to reach every corner (‘gōnia’).
COMMENT: Cf. Et. Gud. 301.21–24 de Stefani γεγωνῶ· [Hom. Il. 12.337] ‘ἀλλ’ οὔ πώς οἱ ἔην βώσαντι γεγωνεῖν’· παρὰ τὸ γνώω ἐν ὑπερθέσει γωνῶ, καὶ ἐν διπλασιασμῷ γεγωνῶ· οἱ γὰρ ἐξακουόμενοι γνωστοί. Δίδυμος δέ φησι γεγωνεῖν εἶναι τὸ εἰς πᾶσαν γωνίαν ἀφικνεῖσθαι τὴν φωνήν; similarly Et. Magn. 224,12–15, Et. Symeonis γ 36 Baldi.
KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Didymus | διπλασιασμός
Or. 1220.15 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους⟩: γρ. ἐν (δόμ)οις. —MnZ
TRANSLATION: (For ‘eis domous’. ‘to the house’,) the reading ‘en domois’ (‘in the house’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐν om. Z, transp. before γρ. Mn
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1221.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢ σανίδας παίσασ’ ἢ λόγους πέμψασ’ ἔσω⟩: ἢ τὰς θύρας κρούσασα ἢ καὶ διὰ λόγων σημάνασα —AaPrSaZu
TRANSLATION: Either by knocking on the door-leaves or else by indicating with your words.
POSITION: s.l. (below line, last of page, Sa)
APP. CRIT.: ἢ λ. σημ. ἢ κρ. τ. θύρ. transp. Aa | κρούουσα Aa | καὶ om. AaZu | διὰ] Zu (cf. sch. 1221.11), om. others | λόγων] Pr (cf. sch. 1221.11), λόγου Zu, λόγους Aa [Sa]
Or. 1221.02 (rec exeg) ⟨σανίδας παίσασ’⟩: ὥστε ἔνδον ἡμᾶς ἀκοῦσαι —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘Striking the door-panels’) so that we hear inside.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This is either a deliberate adaptation of the phase in sch. 1220.06–07 to a new phrase or has been misplaced here accidentally.
Or. 1221.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σανίδας⟩: τὰς πύλας —CrOx
LEMMA: in text σανίδ() Cr, σανίδα p.c. Ox POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Cr, ἤγουν prep. Ox
Or. 1221.07 (rec gloss) ⟨παίσασ᾽⟩: τύψασα —RfrXo2ZcrCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | τύψας ZcrCrOx
Or. 1221.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἢ λόγους πέμψασ’ ἔσω⟩: ἢ διὰ λόγων σημ[άνασα] —O
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: σημ[άνασα] from sch. 1221.06
Or. 1221.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λόγους πέμψασ’⟩: λαλήσασα —Lb
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,8
Or. 1222.01 (1222–1223) (rec exeg) ⟨ἡμεῖς δ’ ἔσω … φασγάνῳ χέρας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Πυλάδην ἡ παροῦσα ἀποστροφή. —MnPrSa
TRANSLATION: The present address is directed to Pylades.
POSITION: at level of 1219 Mn; s.l. above 1223 Pr, above 1224 Sa
APP. CRIT.: ἀποστροφή] Mastr., ἀντιστροφή all
APP. CRIT. 2: παροὺς Mn
COMMENT: ἀντιστροφή is an error for ἀποστροφή in Ab in sch. 526.08 (the other four witnesses there have ἁπο‑). To retain it here would require an unexampled meaning: either ‘change of addressee’ or ‘responding passage’ (that is, 1222–1223 is the δὲ-limb to the μὲν-limb 1216–1221). | This note probably belongs to 1222–1223 and perhaps implies absence of 1224, but not necessarily so, since late scholiasts may add such a note even when the addressee will be obvious within a few lines. Hermann said of 1224 [= his 1217] ‘qui si est Euripideus, nescio an positus fuerit ante v. 1215 [= our 1222]’; 1224 has been deleted in most editions since Nauck.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified | apostrophe
Or. 1222.02 (1222–1223) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἡμεῖς δ’ ἔσω … φασγάνῳ χέρας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἔσω πορευθῶμεν ὡπλισμένοι τὰς χεῖρας τῷ φασγάνῳ ἐπὶ τὸν ἔσχατον ἀγῶνα, ἤγουν τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘and let us proceed inside, have armed our hands with a sword for the final contest’, that is, that for one’s life.
POSITION: s.l. except XT
APP. CRIT.: some damage T, read from Ta | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | ἤγουν om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,9–11
Or. 1222.10 (1222–1223) (thom exeg) ⟨τὸν ἔσχατον ἀγῶν’⟩: τὸν τελευταῖον ἐν ᾧ θανεῖν ἢ ζῆν πρόκειται ἡμῖν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘The final contest’,) the last one, in which either dying or living is in store for us.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,11–12
Or. 1222.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τόν ἔσχατον⟩: τόπον —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The sense of this gloss is uncertain. In Mn the verse is laid out with ἀγῶν’ included at its end rather than at the beginning of 1223. Above ἀγῶν’ is sch. 1222.09, and spaced apart to the left of that, above ἔσχατον, is τόπον. So if the meaning is that τόπον is the noun to be understood with ἔσχατον, then the gloss derives from a different source than 1222.09. If it is a corruption of τοπικὸν, it would apparently indicate that the adjective is local rather than temporal (cf. sch. 545.01 τοπικὸν ἀντὶ χρονικοῦ); but this is also far from satisfactory. Finally, if the gloss is misplaced, the closest word to which it might apply is 1225 δῶμα.
Or. 1223.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁπλιζώμεσθα⟩: ἂς —Aa2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: accent ambig. whether ἆς
Or. 1223.05 (tri metr) ⟨ὁπλιζώμεσθα⟩: koinē short over omicron —T(?)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67
COMMENT: I find it hard to detect any trace of this in T, but it is reported by de Faveri and Ta clearly has the mark here.
Or. 1223.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁπλιζώμεσθα⟩: καὶ ἀρματανώμεθα —Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἁρμ‑ Ox
COMMENT: This is a hitherto unattested word verb from ἄρματα, ‘arms’, a noun that is used in Ox at sch. 444.18. But has the scribe written the word correctly? One might expect ἀρματώμεθα or ἀρματωνώμεθα (using the suffix ‑ωνω), and the misspelling could have been influenced by ἁμαρτάνω.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 1223.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁπλιζόμεσθα⟩: ὁπλιζώμεσθα —PrRfr
TRANSLATION: (For indicative ‘hoplizomestha’, ‘we arm ouselves’, there is a variant reading, subjunctive) ‘hoplizōmestha’ (‘let us arm ourselves’).
LEMMA: ὁπλιζοίμεσθα in text Rf POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1223.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φασγάνῳ⟩: ξίφει —F2ZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῷ prep. F2, καὶ τῶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1224.01 (recThom artGloss) ⟨Πυλάδη⟩: ὦ —Aa2F2MnZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πυλάδη add. Zb
Or. 1224.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμπονεῖς⟩: ἤγουν συγκοπιᾷς —Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: συνκοπιᾷς Ox
Or. 1224.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨συμπονεῖς⟩: τὸ συλλαμβάνω καὶ τὸ συναίρομαι ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς γενικήν. —Zcr
TRANSLATION: ‘Sullambanō’ (‘take a share of’) and ‘sunairomai’ (‘take a shared part in’) (are construed) with a dative (scil. of the person with whom one shares), then a genitive (of the thing shared).
Or. 1224.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπόνως⟩: μετὰ ἐπιμελείας —Zl
LEMMA: thus in text for ἐμοὶ πόνους Zl POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1225.01 (1225–1227) (rec wdord) word order α (ὦ), β (πάτερ), γ (ναίων), δ (δῶμα), ε (ὀρφναίας), ϛ (νυκτὸς), ζ (καλεῖ σ’), θ (παῖς), ι (μολεῖν), ια (ἐπίκουρον), ιβ (τοῖς δεομένοις) —M2
Or. 1225.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ δῶμα ναίων … πάτερ⟩: ἀποστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα. —Y2Lb
TRANSLATION: Apostrophe to Agamemnon.
POSITION: s.l. Y2, marg. Lb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,13–14
KEYWORDS: addressee identified. | apostrophe
Or. 1225.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὦ δῶμα ναίων νυκτὸς⟩: ἤγουν ὁ ἐν Ἅιδῃ ὤν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἅδου ZZa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,13
Or. 1225.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ναίων⟩: οἰκῶν —F2Xo2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox, καὶ ὁ prep. Cr
Or. 1225.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νυκτὸς ὀρφναίας⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ ᾍδου —Y2ZcrZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Zu
Or. 1225.12 (vet exeg) ὀρφναίας: σκοτεινῆς, ὀρφανῆς τινος διὰ τὸ ἔρημον εἶναι φωτός —MBCRfRw
TRANSLATION: (‘Orphnaias’ means) ‘dark’, (etymologically) something deprived (‘orphnēs’) because it is devoid of light.
LEMMA: RfRw REF. SYMBOL: Rf POSITION: marg. MB
APP. CRIT.: σκοτεινὸς Rw | ὀρφανῆς] Dindorf, ὀρφνῆς MBRf, ὄρφνης CRw(or ὄρφνῆς?)
APP. CRIT. 2: τινὸς MBCRw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,26; Dind. II.283,15–16
COMMENT: This etymology is paralleled in the jumble of etymologies in Sch. Oppian. Hal. 2.81,3–11 ὀρφναίοισιν· νυκτερινοῖς, σκοτεινοῖς, νυξίν· ὄρφνη ἡ νὺξ, ἡ τὸ ὁρᾷν φένουσα, ἢ ἀμαυροῦσα τὴν ὅρασιν. ὄρφνη· ἀπὸ τοῦ φένειν (Bussemaker, φαίνειν codd.) τὴν ὅρασιν· ὄροφός ἐστι βοτάνη, ἥτις εἰς σκέπην τῶν δωμάτων συντελεῖ ἀντὶ στέγης ἄλλης, ὀρφνὴ δ’ ἡ νὺξ, ὡς στέγης τινὸς ἐπικειμένης τοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὀφθαλμοῖς ὄρφνη καὶ ὀρφνὴ ἡ νὺξ ἀπὸ τοῦ τὴν ὅρασιν φονεύειν, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀρφανὴ εἶναι φωτός. ὄρφνη ἡ νὺξ ἡ ὀρφανὴ φωτὸς, ἢ καὶ ὀροφή τις οὖσα καὶ ἀποσκίασις. Older sources give only the etymology from ἐρέφω/ὄροφος.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1225.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρφναίας⟩: σκοτεινῆς, ὀρφανῆς φωτὸς δηλονότι —Lp
TRANSLATION: (‘Orphnaias’ means) ‘dark’, (etymologically) deprived (‘orphnēs’) of light, clearly.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,14–15
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1225.14 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὀρφναίας⟩: σκοτεινῆς —M2AaFMnPrRSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT*ZcCrOx
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: τῆς prep. AaSa, καὶ τῆς prep. PrCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,14
Or. 1225.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀρφναίας⟩: νυκτὸς —K
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: K has νυκτὸς in the text, so the gloss is perhaps a reminder that ὄρφνη means ‘night’.
Or. 1226.01 (vet exeg) ⟨καλεῖ σ’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καλεῖ σε —M
TRANSLATION: (This sequence of letters, with word division and elision of final letter, is) equivalent to ‘kalei se’ (‘he calls you’, not as one word ‘kaleis’, ‘you call’).
LEMMA: καλεῖς in text M POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,27; Dind. II.283,17
Or. 1226.02 (rec gloss) ⟨καλεῖ σ’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνακαλεῖ σε —CAaPrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | ἀνακαλεῖται σε Aa
Or. 1226.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨καλεῖ⟩: ἐπικαλεῖται —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2Zc
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,17
Or. 1226.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σὸς⟩: ὁ υἱός —F2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: παῖς is omitted in F, and this gloss was probably written for that word in the exemplar used by F2 and copied mechanically.
Or. 1226.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παῖς⟩: πᾶς —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘pais’, ‘child’, there is a variant reading) ‘pas’ (‘every’).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: (π)ᾶ(ς) Aa (i.e., ᾶ above αῖ)
Or. 1226.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπίκουρον μολεῖν⟩: ὥστε ἐπίκουρον παραγενέσθαι —Aa
REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: marg.
Or. 1226.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: βοηθὸν —F2Xo2ZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,18
Or. 1226.13 (rec gloss) ⟨μολεῖν⟩: ὥστε παραγενέσθαι —PrSaZb2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὥστε] ὥστε καὶ Pr, om. Zb2
Or. 1226.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μολεῖν⟩: ἐλθεῖν —F2Xo2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,18
Or. 1227.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨τοῖς δεομένοισι⟩: ἡμῖν —MnRRfrZZaZbZm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZZbZm
Or. 1227.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨τοῖς δεομένοισι⟩: ἡμῖν, ἤγουν τοῖς χρῄζουσιν —XXaXbXoT*YYfGrZcZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν ἡμῖν transp. ZlT, ἤγουν om. YfZc
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ουσι XaXoYYfZcZl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,19
Or. 1228.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨προδέδομαι⟩: ἐγκαταλέλειμμαι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑λέλειμαι Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,20
Or. 1228.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὲρ⟩: ὑπὸ —Zu
TRANSLATION: (For ‘huper’, ‘on behalf of’, there is a variant reading) ‘hupo’ (‘by’).
LEMMA: thus in text Zu POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1228.08 (rec gloss) ⟨κασιγνήτου σέθεν⟩: τοῦ Μεμελάου —MnRfrZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὑπὸ prep. Mn, ἤγουν prep. Zl | τοῦ om. Rfr
Or. 1229.01 (vet exeg) ἐν τῷ ἀντιγράφῳ οὐ φέρονται οὗτοι οἱ δʹ ἴαμβοι, {καὶ} ἐν ἄλλῳ δέ. —MC
TRANSLATION: In the exemplar these four iambic lines are not carried, but in another (copy they are).
POSITION: marg. M beside 1229–1230; cont. from sch. 1225.12 C (no punct. between, but this begins on new line at level of 1227)
APP. CRIT.: οὐ] C (suppl. Kirchhoff 1867: 178, app. at 1229), om. M | οὗτοι om. C | δʹ] M, δ̅ with suspended οι app. C | καὶ del. Kirchhoff | ἄλλοις C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,1–2; Dind. II.283,21–22
COMMENT: When Dindorf printed this scholion for first time from M (without the οὐ), he numbered it 1229 and remarked ‘videtur versus dicere 1229–1232’. Nauck was the first to bracket 1227–1230 (not in his first edition).
KEYWORDS: athetesis or absence of verses | variant reading: ἐν ἄλλῳ | οὐ φέρεται(‑ονται)/οὐχ εὑρίσκεται/οὐ γράφεται
Or. 1229.04 (rec gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: οὗτινος —MnRG
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: There is a damaged or erased trace here in Pr, but the strokes seem not to be compatible with οὗτινος.
Or. 1229.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δάμαρθ’⟩: τὴν γυναῖκα —RXo2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | τὴν om. R
Or. 1229.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δάμαρθ’⟩: ἤτοι τὴν Ἑλένην —PrSaZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι τὴν om. Zl
Or. 1229.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἑλὼν⟩: κατασχών —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,22
Or. 1230.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨τοῦδε⟩: τοῦ ἔργου —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2F2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,24
Or. 1230.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συλλήπτωρ⟩: ἀποδοτικὸν εἰς γενικὴν. —Rfr
TRANSLATION: (‘Sullēptor’, ‘co-agent’) takes a genitive (as objective genitive).
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1230.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨συλλήπτωρ⟩: βοηθὸς —M2AaPrRRfrSaZZaZbZlZmZuTGuY2CrOxB3d
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2; cont. from sch. 1230.11 with καὶ Zl
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1230.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨συλλήπτωρ⟩: συνεργός —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2Ox2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,24
Or. 1231.01 (rec rhet) ⟨ὦ πάτερ, ἱκοῦ δῆτ’⟩: μετάκλησις —Mn
TRANSLATION: Summoning.
LEMMA: ἵκου in text Mn POSITION: s.l. above 1232 οἳ σέθεν Mn
COMMENT: This is clearly a label of the speech-act, but μετάκλησις is not attested as a technical term of rhetoric elsewhere.
Or. 1231.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἱκοῦ⟩: ἱκετεύου ἤτοι δέχου τὰς ἱκεσίας ἡμ[ῶν] —M2
TRANSLATION: (‘Hikou’ means) ‘be supplicated’, that is, ‘receive our supplications’.
LEMMA: ἴκου (sic) in text M REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: This mistaken interpretation is unique. In lexicons and other scholia ἵκου/ἱκοῦ is consistently glossed with ἐλθέ, παραγενοῦ, and the like.
Or. 1231.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἱκοῦ⟩: ἔρχου —MnRZlZmGu
LEMMA: ἵκου in text MnZlZmGr(ἱκοῦ Gu), ἥκου R POSITION: s.l., cont. from next with ἢ ZlZmGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,25
Or. 1231.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἱκοῦ⟩: ἐλθέ —KZZaZbZlZmTGGu
LEMMA: ἵκου in text all except KGu(ἵκου Gr) POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,25
Or. 1231.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱκοῦ⟩: παραγενοῦ —AaFPrSaY2GuB3d
LEMMA: ἵκου in text all except AaGu(ἵκου Gr) POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,26
Or. 1231.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἱκοῦ⟩: ἀφίκου —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOxr
LEMMA: ἵκου in text all POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,25
Or. 1231.08 (rec gloss) ⟨κλύεις⟩: ἀκούεις —M2ZuCrOx
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg. M2, s.l. ZuCrOx
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1231.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴσω⟩: ἔσω —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘eisō’ there is a variant reading) ‘esō’ (both ‘inside’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1232.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οἳ σέθεν θνήσκουσ’ ὕπερ⟩: ἀπέδωκε τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ παίδων. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: He (the poet) made this (third plural verb, ‘they are dying’) agree with the word ‘children’.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,27
COMMENT: I take this to be a (not very clear) comment on the fact that the first person plural was not used in this relative clause (cf. sch. 1232.07 θνήσκομεν). Note that τέκνων is in the text in all three witnesses here, so the citation of the relevant word as παίδων is careless. παίδων and τέκνων are variants in various passages (Mastronarde 1994 on Phoen. 16).
Or. 1232.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨σέθεν … ὕπερ⟩: ὑπὲρ σοῦ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2
LEMMA: σέθεν X POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 1233.01 (vet exeg) ὦ συγγένεια πατρὸς ἐμοῦ: 1παρόσον ὁ Στρόφιος Ἀναξιβίαν ἔγημε τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν, ἐξ ἧς ἐγένετο Πυλάδης, ὡς φησὶ Κράτης. 2ἢ ἐπεὶ ὁ Στροφίου πατὴρ Κρῖσος Ἀτρέως θυγατέρα ἔγημε τὴν Κυδραγόραν. —MBMnRfRw
TRANSLATION: (‘Kinship’) in that Strophius married Anaxibia the sister of Agamemnon, from whom Pylades was born, as Crates(?) says. Or because Crisus, the father of Strophius married Atreus’s daughter Kudragora.
LEMMA: B, ὦ συγγένεια MMnRfRw REF. SYMBOL: MRf POSITION: follows sch. 1220.06 Rw
APP. CRIT.: 1 after Ἀναξ. add. κυδραγόρας all except Mn | φησὶ κράτης] Φερεκύδης conj. Schw., φησὶ ⟨Νικο⟩κράτης Jacoby FGrHist 376 F 6 | 2 ἔγημε] Mn, ἐγάμει αὐτὴν others
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παρ’όσον B, παρ’ὅσον Mn | στροφίος B | ἔγημεν M | ἐξῆς MMn | ὥς φη() BRw, ὡς φησι Rf | 2 Κρῖσος] Dindorf, κρῖσσος or κρῖσος a.c. Rf (the second sigma in the ligature is unfinished or damaged), κρίσος MBRw, κρίσσος Mn, κρίσος or κρίσσος p.c. Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,3–6; Dind. II.283,29–284,2
COMMENT: The interpolated version in most witnesses may have begun with the insertion of ἢ κυδραγόραν in the first sentence and αὐτὴν in the second. Neither intrusion is present in Arsenius. Dindorf was first to print the two words (recording their absence in Mn in his app.), then Schw. bracketed both without a note in his app. On Anaxibia and Kudragora see the comment on sch. 33.01. This note is wrongly ascribed to C as well in Schw. (his T). | The ascription of the genealogical details to a Crates has been doubted because such material appears not to be consonant with what is known of Crates of Mallos or of the shadowy Crates of Athens(?) (Crates [1] and [2] in LGGA). For Φερεκύδης as the name that has been corrupted, Fowler compares fr. 144 EGM, where Φερεκράτης is transmitted in a Homeric scholion and Cramer emended to Φερεκύδης. | The accentuation Στροφίος/Στροφίον is transmitted in a few manuscripts (e.g., M of Aesch. at Choe. 679), far outnumbered by instances of Στρόφιος/Στρόφιον. B has στροφίος both here and in sch. 765.01 and στρόφίος in sch. 33.01, where the faded scholion has been reinked and it is unclear whether both accents were applied at once or, if not, which came first; in the text at 765 B probably had στροφίος, the accent now obscured by a later gloss, and the acute on the antepenult is by a later hand. M here has the word without any accent (unless it has faded completely), has στρόφιος in sch. 33.01, but at 765 the text has στροφίος M, στρόφιος M2 while the scholion has στρόφιος in the lemma and στροφίος in its text. In other witnesses of scholia on Orestes στρόφιος is standard. Στροφίος may well have been the classical accentuation, but it is a delicate question whether one should restore it in the scholia.
KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Crates | Pherecydes | genealogy
Or. 1233.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρὸς ἐμοῦ⟩: κατά τινας γὰρ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ ἦν Ἀγαμέμνονος, ὡς φησὶ Κράτης. —OZu
TRANSLATION: (‘Kinship’) because according to some his mother Kudragora was sister of Agamemnon, as Crates says.
POSITION: marg. Zu
APP. CRIT.: ὡς φησὶ κράτης om. Zu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283, app. at 30 (p. 284)
COMMENT: The reference of αὐτοῦ could be Strophius, as Thomas took it (next), or it could be the speaker, Pylades. The brevity of O’s version makes this unclear.
KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Crates | genealogy
Or. 1233.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρός ἐμοῦ⟩: κατά τινας γὰρ ἡ μήτηρ Στροφίου Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ ἦν Ἀγαμέμνονος. —ZcZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Kinship’) because according to some the mother of Strophius, Kudragora, was sister of Agamemnon.
REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: s.l. ZcZaGu
APP. CRIT.: T damaged, partly read from Ta | after κυδρ. add. ὀνόματι Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283, app. at 30 (p. 284)
KEYWORDS: genealogy
Or. 1233.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρός ἐμοῦ⟩: 1ἔνιοι δέ φασιν ⟨ὅτι⟩ Ἀναξιβίαν τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν Στρόφιος ἔγημεν, ὁ Πυλάδου πατήρ. 2ἢ συγγένεια λέγει ἐπεὶ ὁ Στροφίου πατὴρ Κρῖσος Ἀτρέως θυγατέρα ἔγημεν τὴν Κυδραγόραν. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: But some say Strophius, the father of Pylades, married Anaxibia, the sister of Agamemnon. Or else he says ‘kinship’ because Crissus, the father of Strophius, married Atreus’s daughter Kudragora.
POSITION: s.l. Gu; cont. from prev. all
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἢ] ἢ τὸ Zl | Κρῖσος] cf. Dind. in sch. vet. above, κρίσσος Zm, κροῖσος ZlGu | Κυδρ.] ἀνδραγόραν Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δὲ φασὶν ZlGu | ἔγημε Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283, app. at 30
KEYWORDS: genealogy
Or. 1233.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρός ἐμοῦ⟩: Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ Ἀγαμέμνονος, μήτηρ δὲ τοῦ Πυλάδου, πατὴρ δὲ τοῦ Πυλάδου ὁ Στρόφιος. —Y2
TRANSLATION: Kudragora was sister of Agamemnon and mother of Pylades, and Strophius was father of Pylades.
KEYWORDS: genealogy
Or. 1233.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρός ἐμοῦ⟩: γυναικαδελφὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ Πυλάδου. —PrSaZu
TRANSLATION: For Agamemnon was the brother-in-law of the father of Pylades.
POSITION: s.l., above 1234 ἀγαμέμνων PrSa
KEYWORDS: genealogy
Or. 1233.07 (mosch exeg) ὦ συγγένεια: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ συγγενὲς τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρός· 2προσῆκε γὰρ κατὰ γένος τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι ὁ Στρόφιος, ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ Πυλάδου. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, partial Ox2
TRANSLATION: (‘O kinship’ is) equivalent to ‘o kinsman of my father’. For Strophius the father of Pylades had a family connection to Agamemnon.
LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoG, marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: T damaged, partly read from Ta | 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ … πατρός om. Ox2 | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Gr | συγγενὲς] Xo, συγγενὴς XT, συγγενεῖς XaXbYYfG, συγγένεια Gr | 2 κατὰ τὸ γένος Gr | ὁ τοῦ πυλ. πατήρ transp. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,3–6
COMMENT: From Moschopulus’s paraphrase one can infer that he recognized the addressee was Agamemnon and not Orestes and Electra. Thus he should have intended συγγενὲς (cf. sch. 1233.10), the correct vocative to match 1234 Ἀγάμεμνον; συγγενὴς (as nominative for vocative) is less likely, as it would probably have required further explanation. συγγενεῖς could be a phonetic error for συγγενὴς or an unconscious change of the uncommon vocative form (in which case συγγενὴς may have been a ‘correction’ of it). | Note how Moschopulus eschews the details of genealogy that interest the commentators in the previous schiolia.
KEYWORDS: genealogy
Or. 1233.09 (vet exeg) ⟨συγγένεια⟩: αἷμα οἱ παῖδες, γένος οἱ ἀδελφοὶ, συγγένεια οἱ γαμβροί. —MBOCAaPrRwY2
TRANSLATION: Children (can be referred to as) ‘haima’ (‘blood‘), brothers (as) ‘genos’ (‘family’), in-laws (as) ‘suggeneia’ (‘kinship’).
POSITION: marg. M (beside 1232, last line of prev. recto), intermarg. C, s.l. AaPr; cont. from sch. 1233.01, add. δὲ, B; at level of 1231 O; on facing recto between sch. 1287.02 and 1295.02 Rw
APP. CRIT.: αἷμα γένος οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἀδελφοί transp. Aa | γένος om. Pr, add. καὶ γένος at end | συγγ. οἱ γαμβροί om. Aa, συγγένεια om. Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,7; Dind. II.284,2–3
COMMENT: MCY2 write this in three rows (αἷμα. οἱ παῖδες./ γένος. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ. / συγγένεια. οἱ γαμβροὶ). Perhaps a layout like this in his exemplar confused Aa.
Or. 1233.13 (rec etaGloss) ⟨ἐμᾶς λιτᾶς⟩: ἐμῆς λιτῆς —MnZl
LEMMA: thus in text Zl, ἐμὰς λιτὰς Mn POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1233.16 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμοῦ⟩: long mark over alpha —T
LEMMA: thus in text Tc, app. καὶ ἐμὰς Tz
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67
Or. 1233.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λιτᾶς⟩: παρακλήσεως —ZlCrOx
LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | παρακλήσεις Ox
Or. 1234.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔκσωσον τέκνα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σῶσον τὰ τέκνα τὰ σά —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, partial Ox2
POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. T(both with crosses)Yf
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GOx2 | τὰ τέκνα τὰ σά om. Ox2 | first τὰ om. G
Or. 1235.01 (1235–1237) (vet exeg) ⟨⟩: 1ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σοῦ, φησὶν, ἐφόνευσα τὴν μητέρα. 2τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ‘σοὶ, πάτερ, ἀρήγων’. —MC
TRANSLATION: I killed my mother, he says, on your behalf. And the continuation (of 1235 ‘I killed mother’) is (in Orestes’ next words in 1237) ‘coming to your aid, father’.
POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐξῆς M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,8–9; Dind. II.284,7–8
Or. 1235.02 (1235–1237) (vet exeg) ⟨ἔκτεινα μητέρα … σοὶ πάτερ ἀρήγων⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς ἔκτεινα μητέρα, σοὶ πάτερ ἀρήγων. —B
TRANSLATION: The sequence is ‘I killed my mother in coming to your aid, father’.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,8
Or. 1235.03 (1235–1237) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔκτεινα μητέρα⟩: ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σοῦ, φησὶν, ἔκτεινα τὴν μητέρα. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: I killed my mother, he says, on your behalf.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1235.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔκτεινα μητέρα⟩: ὁ λόγος πρὸς Ἀγαμέμνονα. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: The speech is adddressed to Agamemnon.
POSITION: s.l.; at first above first half of line Zm, but crossed out and rewritten above middle of line (to apply to both halves)
APP. CRIT.: πρὸς τὸν ἀγ. Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,9
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1235.05 (rec rhet) ⟨ἔκτεινα μητέρα⟩: ὑποβολὴ τὸ σχῆμα. —R
TRANSLATION: The schema is interruption.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: ὑποβολή has a wide variety of meanings, but the most likely one here is ‘interruption’, that is, labeling the breaking of Orestes’ utterance in antilabe. The closest parallel seems to be Sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 658a Chantry σχῆμα ἐξ ὑποβολῆς, which, it seems to me, ought to refer to the way the speaker of 657b–658 ‘interrupts’ in mid-line of 657 to make a sarcastic comment. Note that one interpretation of ὑββάλλειν given in Sch. bT Hom. Il. 19.80 Erbse is ὑποκρούεσθαι θορύβῳ τὸν λέγοντα; and compare Dindorf in Thes. Graecae Linguae VIII.298: ‘Subjectio, eo modo, quo interfando et interpellando alicujus sermonem aut respondendo, subjicere dicimur’. [Also relevant would be LSJ s.v. ὑποβολή I.4 (followed by BDAG), offering a meaning ‘interruption’ with a single citation, given as Sch. B Il. 19.80, quoted as διακόπτειν ἐξ ὑποβολῆς τὸν λόγον. No such phrase can be found in Homeric scholia or any TLG text.] | Two other uses of ὑποβολή in rhetorical schemata are not relevant here. (1) προσώπου ὑποβολὴ: cf. Tiberius, de fig. Demosthenicis 12 προσώπου δὲ ὑποβολή ἐστιν ὅταν θέλων τις εἰπεῖν τι πρὸς τὸ ἀνεκτότερον ἄλλῳ προσώπῳ τὸν λόγον περιθῇ, οἷον ἐν τοῖς Φιλιππικοῖς· ὡς δὲ ἐγὼ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ χώρᾳ γεγενημένων τινὸς ἤκουον, ἀνδρὸς οὐδαμῶς οἵου τε ψεύδεσθαι, οὐδένων εἰσὶ βελτίους. (2) καθ’ ὑποβολὴν seems to mean ‘by secondary insertion’ (as opposed to by making it the first point of the speech) in Eust. in Od. 4.240 [I.162,18–21] Ἑλένη δὲ καὶ τοῦτο φησὶν ἔνθα καθ’ ὑποβολήν φασι διηγεῖται ἡ ἡρωΐς, σχήματι χρησαμένη πρὸ τοῦ διηγήματος παραλειπτικῷ τε καὶ θαυμαστικῷ· παραλειπτικῷ μὲν ἐν τῷ πάντα μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἐγὼ μυθήσομαι ὅσα ὁ Ὀδυσσεὺς ἀέθλευσεν, ἐνδιαθέτῳ δὲ κατὰ θαυμασμὸν ἐν τῷ ἀλλ’ οἶον τόδ’ ἔρεξε δήμῳ ἐνὶ Τρώων, εἶτα ὑποβαλοῦσα τὸ διήγημα αὐτόν μιν πληγῇσι δαμάσας καὶ ἑξῆς; comparable is the sense in Syrian. comm in Hermog. περὶ ἰδεῶν 54,7–9 Rabe προηγουμένως γὰρ εἰσῆκται ἡ ἔννοια καὶ οὐχὶ ἐξ ὑποβολῆς (‘the notion has been introduced as the main point and not as a secondary insertion’).
KEYWORDS: ὑποβολή
Or. 1235.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡψάμην δ’ ἐγὼ ξίφους⟩: καὶ ἐγὼ συνεργὸς ἦν τοῦδε τοῦ φόνου. —B2
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,11
Or. 1236.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ δ’ ἐπεβούλευσα κἀπέλυσ’ ὄκνου⟩: μετ’ ἐπιβουλῆς τοῦτο συνήργησα καὶ ἠλευθέρωσα ὑμᾶς δειλίας ἣν εἴχετε κτεῖναι μητέρα. —Zl
TRANSLATION: I assisted this action with counsel, and I freed you from the fear you had about killing your mother.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The final phrase is based on sch. 1236.15 (Thoman), but Zl simplifies by dropping that version’s μὴ before κτεῖναι.
Or. 1236.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ δ’ ἐπεβούλευσα⟩: ἐπεβούλευσα καὶ ἐγὼ τὴν μητέρα. —Zu
TRANSLATION: I too plotted against our mother.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The accusative of a person as object of ἐπιβουλεύω reflects vernacular usage.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1236.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐπεκέλευσα⟩: ὅ ἐστι συνῄνεσα τῷ φόνῳ. —MBCAaPrSa, partial GuZu
TRANSLATION: (‘I added my urging’,) which is to say, ‘I joined in approval of the murder’.
LEMMA: ἐπεβούλευσα in text MCPrSaGuZu REF. SYMBOL: at κἀπέλυσ’ M POSITION: marg. MB(in right margin near ὄκνου, left margin blank), s.l. above 1235 ἡψάμην δ’ ἐγὼ CAaGuZu, s.l. cont. from sch. 1235.03 PrSa
APP. CRIT.: ὅ ἐστι] τουτέστι PrSa, om. BAaGuZu | τῷ φόνῳ om. GuZu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,10; Dind. II.284,10–11
COMMENT: The explanation is most precise if intended for ἐπεκέλευσα/ἐπεβούλευσα. The displacements perhaps occurred in mss with ἐπεβούλευσα in an effort to make the gloss fit better than with that verb.
Or. 1236.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπεβούλευσα⟩: τῇ μητρί —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,12
Or. 1236.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπεβούλευσα⟩: συνεβούλευσα —AaGu
LEMMA: ἐπεκέλευσα in text Aa POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,12
Or. 1236.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨κἀπέλυσ’ ὄκνου⟩: καὶ ἠλευθέρωσα ὑμᾶς τοῦ φόβου. —MnR
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. R | ὑμᾶς] cf. sch. 1236.08, 1236.12, ἡμᾶς Mn, ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς R
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλευθ‑ R
COMMENT: In both Mn and R line 1236 is assigned to Electra.
Or. 1236.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀπέλυσ’ ὄκνου⟩: ἤγουν φοβουμένους ὑμᾶς παρεθάρρυνον. —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: παρεθάρρουν Ox
Or. 1236.10 (thom gloss) ⟨κἀπέλυσ’⟩: ἠλευθέρωσα —ZZaZbZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλευθ‑ Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,13
Or. 1236.12 (thom gloss) ⟨κἀπέλυσ’⟩: ὑμᾶς —ZmGGu
POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1236.10 Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,13
Or. 1236.15 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄκνου⟩: δειλίας ἣν εἴχετε μὴ κτεῖναι μητέρα —ZZaZbZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Hesitation’, that is,) the fear that you had, hindering you from killing your mother.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν μητέρα Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,14
COLLATION NOTES: In his app. here Dindorf records ‘14. δειλίας Matth., pro δουλείας’; but δουλείας is the reading of the Arsenian paraphrase edited in Dind. II.284,11–12, so the line number in the app. is a mistake. In that Arsenian scholion δουλείας had already been corrected at least as early as Barnes.
Or. 1236.17 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὄκνου⟩: φόβου —AaFPrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuOx2
POSITION: s.l. except marg. FX
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τοῦ prep. PrSa, τοῦ prep. AaZu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,13–14
Or. 1237.01 (rec exeg) ⟨σοὶ πάτερ ἀρήγων⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ [1235] ‘ἔκτεινα μητέρα’. —OAaPrSaY2GuZu
TRANSLATION: (‘Coming to your aid, father’:) this is construed with the (earlier) phrase ‘I killed my mother’.
POSITION: s.l. except O
APP. CRIT.: ἔκτεινε p.c. Pr | μητέρα] τὴν μητέρα SaGu, om. Zu | συντακτέον add. AaGuZu
Or. 1237.02 (thom paraphr) ⟨σοὶ πάτερ ἀρήγων⟩: ἔκτεινα τὴν μητέρα —ZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l., cont. from next with ἤγουν Zl
Or. 1237.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀρήγων⟩: βοηθῶν —F2RXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1237.05 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐδ’ ἐγὼ προὔδωκά σε⟩: ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ σοῦ τούτους ἐκίνησα. —ZZaZbZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Nor did I betray you’,) but rather I stirred up these men for your sake.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,15
Or. 1237.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐδ’ ἐγὼ προὔδωκά σε⟩: συνήργησα εἰς τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός. —G
TRANSLATION: (‘Nor did I betray you’, that is,) I collaborated in the killing of my mother.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1237.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προὔδωκά σε⟩: ἤγουν ἠμέλησα τοῦ βοηθῆσαι σοι —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀμέλλησα Ox
Or. 1237.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨προὔδωκά⟩: κατέλιπον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κατέλιπόν σε G
Or. 1238.01 (vet exeg) οὐκοῦν ὀνείδη: οὐκοῦν ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ὡς μέλλων κλύειν ταῦτα ἐπὶ ὀνείδεσιν, ἐὰν μὴ σωθῶμεν, ὅτι ἐπικουρήσασιν οὐκ ἐβοήθησας. —MaBOCaRfRwZu, partial MbMcCb
TRANSLATION: Therefore save us, because, if we are not saved, you are destined to hear this in reproach, that you did not come to the aid of those who acted as allies.
LEMMA: lemma Ma(οὐκοὖν)RfRw, οὐκοὖν ὀνείδη τάδε B REF. SYMBOL: MaBRf POSITION: follows displaced sch. 1246.04 (on fol. 52r) Ca; cont. from sch. 1241.02 MbMcCb (Mb from Ma version of 1241, Mc from Mb version of 1241, in marg.; s.l. Cb)
APP. CRIT.: οὐκοῦν … σωθῶμεν om. MbMcCb | ἐβοήθησας] RfRw, ἐβοήθη() B, ‑σεν MaMbMcOCaCb, ἐβοηθήθημεν παρὰ σοῦ Zu
APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκοὖν MaB, οὔκουν O | ἐπιονείδεσιν Ma, ἐπὶ ὀνείδεσι Zu | ἐπικουρήσασι Zu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,11–13 and (partial version, assigned to 1242) 19; Dind. II.284,17–19
Or. 1238.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὀνείδη τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τὰς ὑπομνήσεις, 2ὡς καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς [Hom. Il. 1.211]· ‘ἀλλ’ ἤτοι ἔπεσιν μὲν ὀνείδισον’. —MBOCRwZu
TRANSLATION: ‘Reproaches’ (‘oneidē’) are the reminders of benefactions, as also the poet (Homer illustrates), ‘but indeed with words (only) upbraid (him)’.
LEMMA: BRw, in marg. M REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: cont. from Ca version of prev. C; s.l. OZu
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὀνείδη] ἤτοι O, om. Zu | τὰς ὑπομνήσεις τῶν εὐεργ. transp. OZu | τῶν om. C | 2 ὡς om. C | ἤτοι] ἢ Zu
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἔπεσι MCRwZu, ἔπεσσι O
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,14–15; Dind. II.284,19–20
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 1238.03 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκοῦν ὀνείδη … ῥῦσαι τέκνα⟩: 1ἀκούων οὖν τάδε τὰ ὀνείδη, ἅ σοι παῖδες προφέρουσι λέγοντες ὡς διὰ σὲ πάσχουσι, βοήθησον αὐτοῖς. 2ἢ ὀνείδη λέγει ἃ ἀκούουσιν αὐτοὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων, μητροκτόνοι καλούμενοι. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: So then, hearing these reproaches, which your children bring forward against you by saying that they suffer because of you, come to their aid. Or else by ‘reproaches’ he means what they themselves are hearing from others in being called matricides.
LEMMA: ῥῦσαι in text all (ῥύση a.c. T) REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm
APP. CRIT.: T damaged, partly read from Ta | προφέροντες λέγουσιν Zl | προσφέρουσι Z
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,20–23
Or. 1238.04 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐκοῦν⟩: λοιπὸν —RZl3Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ(?) τὸ prep. R
APP. CRIT. 2: λιπὸν Zl3
Or. 1238.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνείδη⟩: τὰς ὑπομνήσεις τῶν εἰς σὲ εὐεργεσιῶν —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Oneidē’, ‘reproaches’, means) the reminders of benefactions to you.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1238.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνείδη⟩: τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τὰς ὑπομνήσεις —FGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Oneidē’, ‘reproaches’, means) the reminders of benefactions.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὰς ὑπομν. τῶν εὐεργ. transp. F
Or. 1238.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὀνείδη⟩: ὄνειδος ἡ εἴδησις τῶν ὄντων. —Y2
TRANSLATION: ‘Oneidos’ is (by etymology) the knowledge (‘eidēsis’) of what is real (‘ontōn’).
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: This etymology is idiosyncratic. Contrast Et. Gud. 429, 43–46 Sturz ὄνειδος, παρὰ τὸ ὀνῶ, τὸ μέμφομαι, καὶ τὸ εἶδος· τὸ κατὰ τὸ εἶδος μεμπτόν· τινὲς δὲ παρὰ τὸ ὀνήσασθαι· ἴσως δὲ πᾶν τὸ ὂν πλημμελὲς τότε φαίνεται, ὡς ἔγκειται τὸ εἴδεται, ὅ ἐστι φαίνεται.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1238.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ἅ σοι παῖδες προφέρουσι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘These things’) which your children bring forward against you.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: προσφ‑ Z
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ουσιν Gu
Or. 1238.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨κλύων⟩: γενικῇ —B3a
TRANSLATION: (‘Kluō’ is sometimes construed) with the genitive case.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1238.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ῥῦσαι⟩: ἐλευθέρωσον —F2CrOx
LEMMA: ῥύση in text F POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1239.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δακρύοις κατασπένδω σε⟩: 1οἷον σπονδάς σοι διὰ δακρύων ποιῶ. 2οὐ γὰρ ἔχω ἄλλο τι. —MBOCRfRw, partial Mn
TRANSLATION: As it were, I make liquid offerings to you with tears. For I do not have anything else (to offer).
LEMMA: δακρύοις Rf, δακρύοισιν Rw REF. SYMBOL: MRf POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. CMn, first sentence s.l. O, second sent. in marg.; follows 1241.01 Rw
APP. CRIT.: 1 οἷον and σοι om. OMn | διὰ om. OC | ποιῶν Mn | 2 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Mn
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σπόνδας O | 2 ἄλλό τι BCRfRw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,16; Dind. II.284,24–25
Or. 1239.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δακρύοις κατασπένδω σε⟩: διὰ δακρύων θυσιάζω σε· οὐ γὰρ ἔχω ἄλλο τι. —Zu
TRANSLATION: With tears as offering I honor you, for I do not have anything else.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἄλλ’ ὅτι Zu
COMMENT: For this vernacular construction of θυσιάζω with accusative of the person honored, see Kriaras s.v.; cf. Catalogus codicum astrologorum graecorum X:117,19 ἂς θυσιάσῃ τὴν ὑπεραγίαν Θεοτόκον; Historia Alexandri Magni (recensio poetica R) 1491–1492 καὶ ὅλους γὰρ τοὺς ὅρισα αὐτὸν νὰ ὀνομάζουν / ὡσὰν θεὸν ἐπίγειον, νὰ τόνε θυσιάζουν; Georgius Chumnus, de opificio mundi 735 νὰ θυσιάσης τὸν Θεόν, τὸν μέγαν.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1239.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δακρύοις κατασπένδω σε⟩: διὰ δακρύων τὰς σπονδάς σοι ποιῶ. —AaGu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1239.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨δαρύοις κατασπένδω σε⟩: ἤγουν λίαν ἱκετεύω σε —ZlZmGu
LEMMA: σ’ in text Gu POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,25
Or. 1239.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατασπένδω⟩: καταβρέχω, καταχέω —Lr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,1
Or. 1239.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ δ’ οἴκτοισί γε⟩: στεναγμοῖς ποιῶ σπονδὰς. —MnR
TRANSLATION: (‘And I with piteous cries’, that is,) ‘I make (liquid) offerings with lamentations’.
LEMMA: σε in text R POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: σπονδείας Mn
Or. 1239.14 (rec gloss) ⟨οἴκτοισι⟩: ἐν εὐχαῖς —AaPrSaB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Pr | ἐν om. B3a
Or. 1239.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἴκτοισι⟩: οἰκτρότητι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrOx2
POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν οἰκτειρότητι Ox2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,2
Or. 1239.16 (thom gloss) ⟨οἴκτοισι⟩: ὀδυρμοῖς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ὀρδυρμοῖς a.c. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,2–3
Or. 1241.01 (1240–1241) (vet exeg) ⟨εἴπερ γὰρ … κλύει⟩: 1εἰ κατὰ γῆς ἔρχονται αἱ ευχαί, ἐπακούει. —BRw
TRANSLATION: (‘If prayers shoot inside the earth, he hears’, that is,) ‘if prayers go beneath the earth, he hears (yours)’.
LEMMA: εἴσω γῆς Rw POSITION: intermarg. B
APP. CRIT.: αἱ ευχαί om. B | ὑπακούει Rw, ἐπακούσει Arsen. (cf. sch. 1242.01), ἐσακούσει Matthiae (typographic error?)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,18 app.; Dind. II.285,5
Or. 1241.02 (vet exeg) ⟨εἴπερ γὰρ εἴσω γῆς ἀκοντίζουσ’⟩: εἰ κατὰ γῆς ἔρχονται —MaMbC
TRANSLATION: (‘If prayers shoot inside the earth’, that is,) ‘if they go beneath the earth’.
LEMMA: εἴσω γῆς Ma REF. SYMBOL: Ma POSITION: marg. Mb, s.l. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,18
Or. 1241.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀκοντίζουσ’⟩: δίκην ἀκοντίου —Rfr
TRANSLATION: (‘The shoot’) like a javelin.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1241.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀκοντίζουσ’⟩: εἰσέρχονται —MnPrRSaXXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: εἴσω γῆς prep. X
Or. 1241.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀκοντίζουσ’⟩: ἔρχονται —ZZaZbZlZmZuGuAaCrOx
POSITION: s.l., above ἔσω γῆς Cr, above γὰρ ἔσω Ox
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1241.14 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀραὶ⟩: αἱ εὐχαὶ —F2MnPrRRfrSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*CrOx
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. X
APP. CRIT.: αἱ] καὶ R, καὶ αἱ YfCrOx, om. F2MnPrRfrSaZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,6
Or. 1242.02 (rec gloss) ⟨κλύει⟩: ὁ πατήρ σου —AaPrSaZu
LEMMA: κλῦσαι in text Pr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu | σου om. PrSa
Or. 1242.07 (thom exeg) ⟨πρόγονε⟩: Ὀρέστου —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Forebear’, that is,) of Orestes.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ prep. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,7
Or. 1242.08 (thom exeg) ⟨πρόγονε⟩: ἢ πρόγονον ἑαυτοῦ τὸν Δία λέγει ἐπεὶ ἡ τούτου μήτηρ Ἀναξιβία ἐκ Διὸς κατήγετο, ἢ ὅτι ὁ Ζεὺς [Hom. Il. 1.544, etc.] ‘πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε’. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: Either he calls Zeus his forebear because this man’s (Pylades’) mother Anaxibia was descended from Zeus, or because Zeus is ‘father of men and gods’.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ πρόγονον] πρόγονον δὲ Zl | after πατὴρ add. ἦν Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: πρόγωνον Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,7–9
COMMENT: Here and in the previous we see disagreement in the Thoman circle, with this explanation correcting the prev., whether that was actually Thomas’ explanation (as seems more likely given its uniqueness to the Thoman commentary) or simply a gloss adopted earlier in the circle from another source.
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 1242.10 (thom exeg) ⟨Δίκης σέβας⟩: ταύτην ἐπικαλεῖται ὡς δικαίως πράξοντες. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: He (Pylades) invokes this (goddess) in the belief they will be acting justly.
POSITION: intermarg. Zm, s.l. ZlGu; added to sch. 1242.12 (written by Gr) by Gu, cont. from same Zl
APP. CRIT.: ταύτην ἐπικαλεῖται] ἐπικαλεῖται δὲ ταύτην Zl, ἐπικαλεῖται δὲ αὐτὴν Gu | πράξαντες Zl, πράξας Matthiae
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,10
Or. 1242.11 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨Δίκης σέβας⟩: ἤγουν Δίκη περιφραστικῶς —GT*
TRANSLATION: (‘Majesty of Justice’,) that is, ‘Justice’ periphrastically.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 1242.12 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨Δίκης σέβας⟩: ὦ Δίκη —KMnXXaXbXoYGrZZaZbZlZm
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. MnZZaZbZlZm | ὦ om. ZbZlZm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,9
Or. 1242.13 (rec gloss) ⟨Δίκης σέβας⟩: ψῆφος —R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ψήφος R
COMMENT: Cf. sch.1244.11 for ψῆφος (‘judgment’) as a gloss on δίκη.
Or. 1243.01 (thom exeg) ⟨δὸς⟩: γρ. δότε. —ZZZlZm
TRANSLATION: (For ‘dos’, singular imperative ‘give’,) the reading (plural imperative) ‘dote’ is found.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1243.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δότ’⟩: γρ. δὸς. —Gu
TRANSLATION: (For ‘dot’ ’, plural imperative ‘give’,) the reading (singular imperative) ‘dos’ is found.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1244.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τρισσοῖς φίλοις γὰρ⟩: ἡμῖν γὰρ τοῖς τρισὶ φίλοις —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τρισσοῖς XaY | περιφραστικῶς add. Y2
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 1244.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἷς ἀγὼν, δίκη μία⟩: ἀσύνδετον —Zm
TRANSLATION: Asyndeton.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἀσύνδετον/ἀσυνδέτως
Or. 1244.06 (1244–1245) (thom exeg) εἷς ἀγὼν: 1τουτέστιν ἓν ἀγώνισμα καὶ ἓν δίκαιον ποιούμεθα πάντες, ἢ ὁμοῦ ζῆν ἢ ὁμοῦ θανεῖν· 2οὐ γὰρ ἀποθανόντος τινὸς ἐξ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐθελήσει ὁ ἕτερος κοινωνῆσαι αὐτῷ τοῦ θανάτου, 3ἀλλ’ ἢ πάντες ζησόμεθα, ἢ τεθνηξόμεθα πάντες. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, we are all engaged in one contest and one just claim, either to live together or to die together. For if one among us dies, the other will not fail to be willing to share death with him, but rather either we will all live or all die.
LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm POSITION: begins s.l. Zl, completed in margin block
APP. CRIT.: 1 πάντες om. Gu | 3 πάντες τεθνηξόμεθα transp. ZZa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,13–16
Or. 1244.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨δίκη μία⟩: ἓν δίκαιον ἅπασιν ἡμῖν —OCPrSaZu
POSITION: s.l. PrSaZu
APP. CRIT.: ἓν δίκαιον] Schw. (cf. sch. 1244.06 and the next), ἔνδικον ἐν C, ἔνδικον others
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,20
Or. 1244.10 (thom gloss) ⟨δίκη μία⟩: ἓν δίκαιον —ZZaZbZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: crossed out by Zb2, cf. sch. 1244.12
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,12
Or. 1244.13 (thom gloss) ⟨δίκη⟩: ἢ καταδίκη —ZlZmGuAa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ om. Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,12
Or. 1245.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὀφείλεται⟩: μέλλει —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Yf | μέλλειται a.c. Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,17
COMMENT: For μέλλει as an impersonal verb meaning ‘it is fated’, ‘it is inevitable’ see Kriaras s.v. μέλλω I.3. This sense is also assumed in the (mistaken) gloss ἀπόκειται for μέλλει in sch. 420.03.
Or. 1245.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ὀφείλεται⟩: χρεωστεῖται —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,17
Or. 1245.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀφείλεται⟩: ἀπόκειται —F2CrOxB3b
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,17
TRANSLATION: These following metrical forms (scil. of 1246–1285) are called ‘consisting of dissimilar strophes’ (scil. divided between two voices into more than two subsections), and they are in responsion as well. The present strophe, then, has five cola. The first is a catalectic ionic a maiore dimeter, composed of a second paeon in place of an ionic, and a cretic. The second is a similar (ionic) acatalectic trimeter, composed of a second paeon in place of an ionic, a five-syllable ionic a maiore, and a first epitrite. The third is a similar (ionic) brachycatalectic trimeter, composed of a fourth paeon instead of an ionic a minore, a double iamb, and two indifferent syllables. The fourth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter, composed of two fourth paeons. The fifth is an acatalectic ionic dimeter, composed of a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a double iamb. At the end a paragraphos and diplae because of the responsion, one at the beginning of the colon, the other at the end.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
APP. CRIT.: 3 παίωνος δʹ and ἀδιαφόρων partly obscured by damage T, confirmed in Ta
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,10–20; de Fav. 68
COMMENT: The analysis of the second colon neglects to mention the fact that the third metron is an iambus and not an epitrite in the antistrophe. Triclinius does, however, address such corresponsion in his scholion 1281.01, claiming that both the final syllable of a colon and the penultimate one may be indifferent. | Sch. 1266.01 explains Triclinius’s transposition in 1267.
KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα
Or. 1246.02 (1246–1250) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ε´ —T
TRANSLATION: A strophe of five cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68
Or. 1246.03 (1246–1247) (rec wdord) word order α (ὦ φίλαι), β (μυκηνίδες), γ (τά πρῶτα), δ (ἀργείων), ε (κατὰ πελ. ἔδος) —M2
Or. 1246.04 (vet exeg) Μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι: 1Ἰνάχῳ ἐκ Μελίας ἐγένετο Φορωνεὺς καὶ Φηγεύς. 2τούτων Φορωνεὺς μὲν ἄρξας τὸ νῦν Ἄργος Φορωνικὸν ἄστυ ἐκάλεσεν, ἴσχει δὲ παῖδας ἐκ Πειθοῦς Αἰγιαλέα, Ἄπιν, Εὔρωπα, Νιόβην. 3Φηγεὺς δὲ πόλιν κτίζει Φηγὰς καὶ παῖδας ἴσχει Σπάρτωνα καὶ Μέσσωνα. 4Σπάρτωνος δὲ παῖς Μυκηνεὺς, ὃς Μυκήνας ἔκτισε. 5Φορωνέως δὲ ἀπολωλότος καὶ τῶν παίδων διασκεδασθέντων Ἄργος ὁ Νιόβης βασιλεύσας ὅλην τὴν ἐντὸς τοῦ Ἰσθμοῦ Ἀργείαν καὶ τὸ Φορωνικὸν ἄστυ Ἄργος ὠνόμασεν. —MBCRfRw
TRANSLATION: Phoroneus and Phegeus were born to Inachus from Melia. Of these, Phoroneus became ruler, and what is now Argos he called ‘Phoronikon astu’ (‘Phoronic city’), and he has children by Peitho: Aegialeus, Apis, Europs, Niobe. Phegeus founds a city Phegae and has children Sparton and Messon. The son of Sparton is Myceneus, who founced Mycenae. When Phoroneus had perished and his sons were scattered in different places, Argus the son of Niobe became king and named the whole territory inside the Isthmus Argive and (named) ‘Phoronikon astu’ Argos.
LEMMA: M(μυκινίδες)C, ἄλλως: μυκηνίδες BRf, μηκηνίδες p.c. Rw (a.c. μυνηκίδες) REF. SYMBOL: MRf(ἱστορία in marg.) POSITION: after next B; after sch. 1229.01 C
APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ φηγεὺς om. MC | 2 ἄστυ om. Rw | ἔσχε RfRw | ἐκ om. Rf | αἰκαλέα C | ἄπινι app. M, ἄσπιν Rw | Εὔρωπα] Schwartz (from Paus.), εὐρόπα M, εὐρώπαν BRfRw, Arsen. (and edd. through Dindorf), εὐρώπην C | νιόβη M, καὶ νιόβην Rf | 3 δὲ] μὲν M | φυγὰς RfRw | ἔσχε RfRw | Μέσσωνα] Arsen., μέσωνα all (no accent M) | 4 σπάρτωνος] σπάρτων MC | 5 διασκεθέντων M | νιόβας B | ἀργείαν … ἄστυ om. C
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μελείας C | φυγεὺς a.c. Rf | 2 πειθοὺς C | 4 ἔκτισεν MC | 5 φορωνέος M | ἀργεῖαν M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,21–28; Dind. II.285,25–286,3
COMMENT: This partly overlaps with information in sch. 932.02: see comment there and Pausanias 2.15.4–6. and for ‘Phoronikon astu’ see Steph. Byz. Ἄργος: διασημοτάτη πόλις Πελοποννήσου, ἥτις ‘Φορωνικὸν ἄστυ’ ἐκέκλητο, καὶ Αἰγιάλεια κτλ.
KEYWORDS: genealogy | ἱστορία
Or. 1246.05 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ διαλέγεται. 2Μυκηνίδας δὲ αὐτὰς καλεῖ καὶ Ἀργείας ἐπεὶ ὀλίγον ἀφεστήκασιν ἀλλήλων αἱ πόλεις. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: She converses with the women of the chorus. She calls them Mycenaean and Argive because the cities are a short distance from each other.
LEMMA: Rw, in marg. M, μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι B REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: before prev. B
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀργεῖας M | ὁλίγον app. M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,1–2; Dind. II.285,23–25
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1246.06 (rec exeg) Μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι: πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ λέγει. —O
TRANSLATION: She speaks to the women of the chorus.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1246.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι⟩: Ἀργεῖαι καὶ Μυκηνίδες αἱ αὐταὶ ἐπεὶ ἀλλήλων ὀλίγον ἀφεστήκασιν αἰ πόλεις. —O
TRANSLATION: The same women are Argive and Myceneaen because the cities are a short distance from each other.
Or. 1246.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι⟩: πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ χοροῦ λέγει. Μυκήνη πόλις. Μυκηνίδας καὶ Ἀργείας τὰς αὐτὰς καλεῖ, ἐπεὶ ὀλίγον ἀφεστήκασιν ἀλλήλων αἱ πόλεις. —Zu
TRANSLATION: She speaks to the women of the chorus. Mycene is a city. She calls the same women Mycenean and Argive because the cities are a short distance from each other.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὀλίγου Zu
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπο Zu
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1246.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μυκηνίδες⟩: ἀπό τινος Μυκηναίου αἱ Μυκῆναι ἐκλήθησαν. —Zm
TRANSLATION: Mycenae was named after a certain Mycenaeus.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1246.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Μυκηνίδες⟩: ἤγουν γυναῖκες ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου τῆς Μυκηνίδος —Ox2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1246.13 (rec gram) ⟨Μυκηνίδες⟩: μύκη ἡ λαβὴ τῆς σπάθης, εἶδος βοτάνης. τὴν λαβὴν τοῦ ξίφους αἱ φέρουσαι δῆλον. —PrSa, partial AaMn
TRANSLATION: ‘Mukē’ is the handle of a sword, (also) a type of plant. (So) obviously (‘Mukēnides’ are) women carrying the handle of a sword.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ add. before εἶδος Aa | εἶδος βοτ. κτλ om. Mn | τὴν λαβὴν κτλ om. Aa
COMMENT: Cf. Herodian quoted in Sch. Hom. Il. 15.302b1 Erbse, the end of which is: ἔπειτα πολλά ἐστι διχῶς κεκλιμένα· τὸ γοῦν Μύνης ὁ μὲν ποιητὴς περιττοσυλλάβως ἔκλινεν, [Il. 19.296] ‘πέρσεν δὲ πόλιν θείοιο Μύνητος’, ὁ δὲ Σοφοκλῆς [TrGF fr. 43 Radt] ἰσοσυλλάβως· ‘Μύνου τ’ Ἐπιστρόφου γε’. μύκητά τε καὶ μύκην, εἰ καὶ πολλὰ σημαίνει ἡ λέξις. καὶ ὅτι οὐ τὸ μέτρον αἴτιόν ἐστι, δῆλός ἐστιν Ἑκαταῖος [FGrHist 1, 22] οὕτως κλίνας· φησὶ γάρ· ‘καὶ ἐπαφήσας τὸν κολεὸν τοῦ ξίφεος, τὸν μύκην εὗρεν ἀποπεπτωκότα’· ὁ δὲ Ἄρατος περιττοσυλλάβως ἔκλινεν· [Phaen. 976] ‘ἢ λύχνοιο μύκητες ἀγείρονται περὶ μοῖραν’. καὶ μήποτε ταῦτα συναγωνίζεται τῷ Ἀριστάρχῳ· καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα διχῶς κλιθέντα οὐ μετέβαλε τὸν τόνον, οἷς ὅμοιον δύναται εἶναι καὶ τὸ Μέγης.
KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name
Or. 1246.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨Μυκηνίδες⟩: ἐστὶν μύκη εἶδος βοτάνης καὶ μύκη ἡ λαβὴ τοῦ ξίφους. —Zu
TRANSLATION: There is ‘mukē’ a type of plant, and ‘mukē’ the handle of a sword.
REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.
Or. 1247.01 (vet exeg) τὰ πρῶτα κατὰ Πελασγὸν: 1τουτέστιν αἳ τὰ πρωτεῖα φέρεσθε κατὰ τὸ Ἄργος. 2Πελασγόν δὲ ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ τοῦ αὐτόθι βασιλεύσαντος. —MBCRfRw
TRANSLATION: That is to say, you who win the highest status in Argos. ‘Pelasgian’ from Pelasgus, the man who once ruled there.
LEMMA: B, τὰ πρῶτα δὲ MRfRw REF. SYMBOL: MBRf
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰ πρῶτα RfRw, Arsen. (MeMuPh) | φέρουσαι RfRw | 2 Πελ. δὲ κτλ punct. as sep. C | 2 Πελασγόν] B, πελασγῶν RfRw, πελασγὸς MC | ἀπὸ τοῦ C
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τοῦτέστιν B | φέρεσθαι B, Arsen. (MeMuPh)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,4–5; Dind. II.286,4–6
Or. 1247.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: λείπει τὸ ἔχουσαι. —MaMbOCFRfRwY2ZbZu
TRANSLATION: (The participle) ‘having’ is to be understood (to govern ‘the first’).
POSITION: s.l. MbY2(above ἀργείων)Zb(above φίλαι)Zu, marg. OF; cont. from prev. MCRfRw (add. δὲ CRf)
APP. CRIT.: λείπει τὸ] λείπει (compend.) F, om. OY2ZbZu | ἔχουσιν Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,6; Dind. II.286,4
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1247.03 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: λείπει τὸ φέρουσαι —BK
TRANSLATION: (The participle) ‘bearing’ is to be understood (to govern ‘the first’).
POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. K
APP. CRIT.: λείπει τὸ] αἱ K
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212, app. at 6; Dind. II.286,3–4
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1247.04 (mosch exeg) τὰ πρῶτα: ἐπιρρηματικῶς, ἤγουν αἱ κατὰ πρώτην μοῖραν οὖσαι κατὰ τὸ ἕδος τῶν Ἀργείων τὸ Πελασγικόν —XXaXbXoYYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘The first’ in neuter plural is used) adverbially, that is, you who are in the first rank in the Pelasgian land of the Argives.
LEMMA: XG (both ταπρῶτα) REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbZoYfG; first word s.l., rest sep. in margin block Gr
APP. CRIT.: τὰ πρῶτα prep. Xo | εἶδος Y | τὸ πελ. τῶν ἀργ. transp. XoG
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,19–20
Or. 1247.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: αἱ κατὰ πρώτην μοῖραν οὖσαι —GuZcOx2
TRANSLATION: The women who are in the first rank.
POSITION: s.l. GuZc, marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: αἱ] ἤγουν αἱ Ox2, om. Zc | κατὰ τὴν πρ. Ox2 | οὖσαι om. ZcOx2
Or. 1247.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: αἱ πρῶται οὖσαι κατὰ τὴν γῆν τὴν Πελασγικήν —Zb2
TRANSLATION: The women who are first in the Pelasgian land.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1247.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: αἱ τὰ πρωτεῖα φέρουσαι —MnY2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: αἱ om. Mn
Or. 1247.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: ὦ φέρουσαι τὰ πρωτεῖα —GZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὦ om. Zu
Or. 1247.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: αἱ πρῶται —MnRfrZmCrOxB3b
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm, καὶ prep. MnCrOx
Or. 1247.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πελασγὸν⟩: Πελασγῶν —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For neuter adjective ‘Pelasgon’, ‘Pelasgian’, there is a variant reading, genitive plural) ‘Pelasgōn’ (‘of Pelasgians’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1247.18 (thom gloss) ⟨ἕδος⟩: ἔδαφος —Zb2ZlZmTFCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ prep. Zb2, καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1247.19 (rec gram) ⟨ἕδος⟩: τὸ ἐπιτήδειον εἰς καθέδραν —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Hedos’ is by etymology) that which is suitable for sitting.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ ὁ ἐπιτηδ() Pr
COMMENT: In Pr τὸ is spaced as if a separate article gloss; possibly the presence of ὁ reflects a conflation with ὁ τόπος ὁ ἐπιτήδειος, as in the next.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1247.20 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἕδος⟩: ἕδος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἕδω τὸ κάθημαι· ὁ τόπος ὁ ἐπιτήδειος εἰς καθέδραν, διὸ καὶ δασύνεται. ἔδαφος δὲ τόπος ὁ ἐπιτήδειος εἰς ἐργασίαν ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἔδομεν, καὶ ψιλοῦ[ται]. —F
TRANSLATION: ‘Hedos’ (‘seat’) comes from ‘hedō’ meaning ‘I sit’: the place suitable for sitting, for which reason in fact the word has a rough breathing. ‘Edaphos’ is a place suitable for work, from which we will eat (‘edomai’), and it (accordingly) has a smooth breathing.
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: ἔδομεν] s.l. F, ἔδομ(αι) F
Or. 1248.01 (tri exeg) 1οὕτω χρὴ γράφειν τόδε τὸ κῶλον· ‘τίνα θροεῖς λόγον σὺ πότνια’· 2οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει οἰκείως πρὸς τὸ κῶλον τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς, εἰ δ’ ἄλλως γράψεις οὐχ ἁρμόσει τῷ μέτρῳ. —T
TRANSLATION: One must write this colon in this way (scil. adding pronoun ‘su’, ‘you’): ‘tina throeis logon su potnia’ (‘what speech are you uttering, you, mistress?’). For in this way it conforms to the colon of the antistrophe, but if you will write it otherwise, it will not fit the meter.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,23–25; de Fav. 68
KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by
Or. 1248.02 (pllgn metr) †ἴαμβος† —Gu
TRANSLATION: †Iambus.†
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Gu has correctly noted ἰαμβικοί in the margin at 1251, 1278, 1288, and ἴαμβοι at 1258. The final letter here seems to be a compressed σ with hardly any extension of the horizontal stroke rather than an uncharacteristically fat and short iota. In any case, there is no reasonable way to scan as iambic the colon as it is laid out by Gr, τίνα θροεῖς αὐδὰν πότνια παραμένει γάρ. So this must be a careless anticipation of the later metrical labels.
Or. 1248.05 (thom exeg) ⟨θροεῖς⟩: μετὰ θορύβου λέγεις —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Throeis’ by etymology is) ‘you speak with confusion/disturbance (‘thorubos’)’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For the etymological connection, see Eust. exeg. in canonem iamb. pentecost. 1.161,14–16 γίνεται δὲ τὸ θροεῖν ἐκ τοῦ θρόος θροῦς ὃ δηλοῖ τὸν θόρυβον. δύναται δὲ θροεῖν εἶναι καὶ τὸ ἠχεῖν ἁπλῶς, καὶ τὸ λαλεῖν δὲ θροεῖν φασί τινες, οὐ μὴν πεζολογικῶς ἀλλὰ ποιητικῶς τραγικώτερον; cf. Sch. Aesch. Sept. 78o Smith ἔστι ῥῆμα θρέω τὸ σὺν θορύβῳ λαλῶ ἢ βοῶ, οὗ τὸ παθητικὸν θρέομαι ἀντὶ τοῦ θροοῦμαι καὶ ἐκπλήττομαι καὶ φοβοῦμαι. τὸ γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς κοινοῖς θροοῦμαι, τοῦτο παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς θρεῦμαι καὶ θρέομαι.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1248.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θροεῖς⟩: λέγεις —F2PrRSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZcZaCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. RYfZcCrOx
Or. 1248.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φωνεῖς⟩: θροεῖς —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘phōneis’ there is a variant reading) ‘throeis’ (both ‘you speak’).
LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1248.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πότνια⟩: διὰ τὴν παρθένον —Zu
TRANSLATION: (The address ‘potnia’, ‘mistress, lady’, is used) because of the maiden.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The intent of this note is uncertain. The translation takes it to be equivalent to πρὸς τὴν παρθένον, an indication of addressee, but one would expect πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν. Another possibility would be ‘the term “mistress” is used because of the maiden’ (i.e., because she is a maiden?), which would be a misguided explanation, but one perhaps possible in Zu.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1249.01 (1249–1250) (vet exeg) ⟨παραμένει … σοι τόδ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι πότνια παραμένει σοι. —MCRwG
TRANSLATION: Being called ‘mistress’ remains for you.
LEMMA: πότνια παραμένει Rw POSITION: s.l. MCG
APP. CRIT.: σοι om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,7; cf. Dind. II.286,7–8
Or. 1249.02 (1249–1250) (vet exeg) ⟨παραμένει … σοι τόδ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι σε πότνιαν παραμένει σοι. —B
TRANSLATION: Your being called ‘mistress’ remains for you.
POSITION: intermarg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,7 with app.
Or. 1249.03 (1249–1250) (pllgn exeg) ⟨παραμένει … ἔτι σοι τόδ᾽⟩: τὸ λέγεσθαί σε σεβασμίαν οὐκ ἐξέλιπεν. —B2
TRANSLATION: Your being called ‘highly esteemed’ has not fallen into abeyance.
POSITION: s.l. (above 1250 ἔτι σοι τόδ᾽)
Or. 1250.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τόδ᾽⟩: τὸ πότνια —R
TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) the term ‘mistress’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1250.02 (recMoschThom exeg) ⟨τόδ᾽⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι πότνια —Aa2F2KXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT*Ox2
TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) to be called ‘mistress’.
POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: τόδε prep. Gr, καὶ τοῦτο prep. Yf | καλ. πότνια transp. K | after καλεῖσθαι add. s.l. σε Zm | πότνια] πότνιαν ZZbZmZlZu, om. Ox2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Cf. Dind. II.286,7
Or. 1250.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι σε πότνια —MnPrSaZc
TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) your being called ‘mistress’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1250.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ εἶναι σεβασμίαν —ZuCrOx
TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) your being highly esteemed.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1250.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δαναϊδῶν⟩: οἱ ἀπόγονοι Δαναοῦ Δαναΐδαι ἐκλήθησαν. —Zm
TRANSLATION: The descendants of Danaus were called Danaidae.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1250.09 (tri metr) diple on left, paragraphos and diple on right —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68
Or. 1251.01 (tri metr) σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν στίχων ἰαμβικῶν δύο. ἐπὶ τέλει παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: A metrical system, in the form of a separate section, of two iambic verses. At the end a paragraphos.
POSITION: intermarg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,21–22; de Fav. 68
Or. 1251.02 (1251–1252) (tri metr) σύστημα —T
TRANSLATION: Metrical system.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68
Or. 1251.04 (1251–1252) (mosch exeg) ⟨στῆθ’ αἱ μὲν ὑμῶν … φρουρὰν δόμων⟩: 1στῆτε εἰς φρουρὰν τῶν δόμων, 2αἱ μὲν ἀφ’ ὑμῶν εἰς τόνδε τὸν ἁμαξήρη τρίβον, ἤγουν δι’ οὗ ἕλκονται αἱ ἅμαξαι, τετραμμέναι δηλονότι, 3αἱ δὲ ἐνθάδε εἰς τὸν ἄλλον οἶμον, ἤγουν εἰς τὴν ἄλλην ὁδόν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Take a stance to guard the house, some of you toward this ‘hamaxērē’ path, that is, one through which wagons (‘hamaxai’) are drawn, turned (in that direction), obviously, and the others (of you) this way toward the other ‘oimon’, that is, toward the other road.
LEMMA: στῆθ’ αἱ μέν G POSITION: s.l. XbXo
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀφ’ om. T | ἁμαξήρη] ἁμάξης X | τρίβον om. XoG
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀμαξήρη Xo | δῆλον ὅτι G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,9–12
Or. 1251.05 (rec exeg) ⟨στῆθ’⟩: ἀφ’ ἡμῶν καὶ πόρρω ἡμῶν —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘Take a stance’) away from us and at a distance from us.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: both ἡμῶν] ὑμῶν Mn, app. corrected to ἡμῶν (ambig. whether ἡμῶν corr. to ὑμῶν)
COMMENT: This is apparently intended to clarify the contrast with ἐνθάδε in the following colon, although there may have been confusion with sch. 1251.10 ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, a standard clarification of a partitive genitive.
Or. 1251.09 (thom gloss) ⟨αἱ μὲν⟩: τινὲς μὲν —ZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm | μὲν om. Gu
Or. 1251.13 (vet exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: τὴν λεωφόρον ὁδόν —MCAaPrSaZu
TRANSLATION: (‘This wagon path’ is) the thoroughfare.
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. C
APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι prep. PrZu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212.8
Or. 1251.14 (vet exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: τὴν λεωφόρον ὁδόν τὴν δημοσίαν —B
TRANSLATION: (‘This wagon path’ is) the public thoroughfare.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212, app. at 8; Dind. II.286,12–13
Or. 1251.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: ἁμαξήρης τρίβος ἔνθα αἱ ἅμαξαι διέρχονται. —Zb2
TRANSLATION: A ‘hamaxērē’ path is where the wagons (‘hamaxai’) pass.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1251.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: δι’ οὗ ἕλκονται αἱ ἅμαξαι —Zc
TRANSLATION: (‘This wagon [‘hamaxērē’] path’ is) the one through which the wagons are drawn.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1251.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: κατὰ τὴν λεωφόρον ὁδὸν —O
POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 1248 ‑εῖς αὐδὰν O
Or. 1251.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τήνδ’ —Zu
TRANSLATION: (For masculine ‘tond’ ’, ‘this’, there is a variant, feminine) ‘tēnd’ ’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1251.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁμαξήρη⟩: τὸν κατημαξευμένον, τὸν συνήθη —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Hamaxērē’ means) the one worn down by wagons, the usual one.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,14
Or. 1251.29 (thom gram) ⟨τρίβον⟩: Ἀττικῶς ὁ τρίβος καὶ ὁ οἶμος. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: In Attic ‘tribos’ and ‘oimos’ (both ‘road, path’) are masculine.
POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. ZlGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,14–15
COMMENT: The claim of the Attic status for the masculine rests only on the usage in Euripides (here, in 1258, and El. 103); other attestations of the masculine are postclassical, starting with the Septuagint.
KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς
Or. 1252.05 (recTri gloss) ⟨οἶμον⟩: ὁδὸν —AaF2MnSaZb2ZuTCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. T, καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ὀδὸν Zb
Or. 1252.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰς φρουρὰν δόμων⟩: εἰς τὸ φρουρεῖν καὶ τηρεῖν τὸν οἶκον —MCMnPrSaGLp
TRANSLATION: (‘For a guarding of the house’, that is,) in order to guard and watch the house.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. except marg. M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,9; Dind. II.286,17
Or. 1252.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰς φρουρὰν δόμων⟩: εἰς τὸ τηρῆσαι τὸν οἶκον —B
TRANSLATION: (‘For a guarding of the house’, that is,) in order to take up watch on the house.
POSITION: intermarg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212, app. at 9; cf. Dind. II.286,13
Or. 1252.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰς φρουρὰν δόμων⟩: εἰς τὸ τηρεῖν τὸν δόμον —Zu
TRANSLATION: (‘For a guarding of the house’, that is,) in order keep watch on the house.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1252.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρουρὰν⟩: φύλαξιν —CrOxLr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,18
Or. 1252.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρουρὰν⟩: ἀσφάλειαν —ZlLb
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,18
TRANSLATION: This second strophe is of five cola. The first is an acatalectic iambic dimeter, with the first two feet chorei. The second is a one-and-a-half measure paeonic composed of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The third is an acatalectic epionic trimeter composed of a fourth paeon and a second (paeon) in place of an ionic a maiore, and a double iamb because of the indifferent syllable. The fourth is an iambic hephthemimeres with the second and third foot being an anapaest; but if you prefer, a hypercatalectic prosodiac dimeter, composed of a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a choriamb and a syllable. The fifth is similar (to the prosodiac analysis of the fourth), with the elements reversed, having the choriamb first; but if you prefer, a dactylic hephthemimeres. Then a paragraphos and two diplae.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,26–19,2; de Fav. 68–69
COMMENT: For colon 5 Triclinius does not comment on the difference between the versions of the non-choriambic metron (second paeon for ionic a maiore vs. ionic a minore).
Or. 1253.02 (1253–1257) (tri metr) στροφὴ δευτέρα κώλων ε´ —T
TRANSLATION: A second strophe, of five cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69
Or. 1253.03 (1253–1254) (pllgn exeg) σημείωσαι —Gu
TRANSLATION: Take note.
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: 1253–1254 are written as one line by Gr. There is a horizontal line separating ἔνεπε from φίλα, indicating that μοι has been erased either in this copy or in its exemplar. Perhaps it is this textual anomaly that Gu intended to highlight with σημείωσαι.
Or. 1253.04 (vet exeg) τί δέ με τόδε χρέος: οἷον εἰς τί μοι τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα προστάσσεις ποιεῖν, τὸ φρουρεῖν τὴν ὁδόν; —MBOC
TRANSLATION: (The sense is,) as it were, for what purpose do you order me to do this thing, guarding the road?
LEMMA: B(τάδε, as in text), τί δέ με χρέος M REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: intermarg. C
APP. CRIT.: οἷον om. O | ποιεῖν om. C | after φρουρεῖν add. δηλαδὴ B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,10–11; Dind. II.286,20–21
Or. 1253.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δέ με τόδε χρέος⟩: κατὰ τί δέ με τοῦτο προστάσσεις, τὸ φρουρεῖν τὴν ὁδόν; —Zu
TRANSLATION: And why do you give me this command, to guard the road?
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1253.06 (thom exeg) τί δέ μοι τόδε χρέος: ἤγουν τίνα χρείαν σαυτῇ καλεῖς ἐμέ, τουτέστι τί χρησιμεύσω σοι καλουμένη; —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, for what service to yourself do you call upon me, that is, what service will I provide you when I am called upon?
LEMMA: T(om. τόδε) POSITION: marg. ZaZlZm, s.l. Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: χρησειμ‑ or χρησαμ‑ a.c. Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,19–20
Or. 1253.07 (mosch exeg) τί δέ με (μοι s.l.): 1εἰ μὲν δοτικὴ, οὕτως· 2εἰς τί δὲ, ἤγουν εἰς ποῖον σκοπὸν, ἀπύεις ἐμοὶ, ἀντὶ τοῦ κελεύεις, τόδε τὸ χρέος; 3εἰ δὲ αἰτιατικὴ, οὕτως· 4εἰς τί τόδε τὸ χρέος, ἤγουν εἰς τίνα τήνδε τὴν χρείαν καλεῖς ἐμέ, 5τουτέστι, τίς ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ χρεία εἰς ἣν καλεῖς ἐμέ; —XXaXbXoYYfGGr, partial T+
TRANSLATION: If (the pronoun) is dative case (‘to me’), like this: And to what, that is, toward what goal, do you call out to me—used for ‘order’ (me)—this task? But if it is accusative case (‘me’), like this: To what this task, that is, to what this service, do you summon me, that is to say, what is this service to which you summon me?
LEMMA: XaXbXo(without punct. after)YGr, τί δ’ ἐμὲ τόδε χρέος G, τί δέ μοι Yf POSITION: s.l. Xo
APP. CRIT.: 1–3 om. T | 1 εἰ μὲν δοτικῆ Yf, ἡ μὲν δοτικὴ G | 3 αἰτιατικῆ Yf | 4 τόδε] δὲ Xo
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,22–26
COMMENT: With the nominative δοτικὴ/αἰτιατικὴ, either ἀντωνυμία or πτῶσις is understood. Yf’s datives δοτικῆ/αἰτιατικῆ here are influenced by expressions of the type εἰ μὲν συντάσσεται δοτικῇ (sch. 803.10, cf. 1039.01).
KEYWORDS: variant readings, both explained
Or. 1253.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τί⟩: διατί —FMnPrSaB3b
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mn | διὰ (τί om.) FB3b
Or. 1253.12 (rec exeg) ⟨με⟩: τὸ μ̅ε̅ ἀντὶ τοῦ μ̅ο̅ι̅. —K
TRANSLATION: (Accusative) ‘me’ is used in place of (dative) ‘moi’ (‘to me’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1253.13 (recMosch exeg) ⟨με⟩: μοι —RfrXXaXbXoYYfGr
TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘me’ there is a variant, dative) ‘moi’ (‘to me’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1253.14 (tri exeg) ⟨με⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον. —T
TRANSLATION: (The accusative ‘me’ is used here, instead of dative ‘moi’,) because of the meter.
POSITION: s.l. above ἠπύεις
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69
COMMENT: It is hard to understand why Triclinius placed this note where he did, added above the gloss ἤγουν καλεῖς, which is above ἠπύεις. But there is no way it can apply to ἠπύεις. To be sure, Triclinius for some reason preferred to write ἠπύεις in place of ἀπύεις (the latter appears in all other manuscripts), but this alteration has no connection with meter. The only word in the context where a metrical distinction between variants applies is με/μοι, and it is noteworthy that Triclinius suppressed the first part of Moschopulus’s sch. 1253.07, presumably because he could not countenance considering μοι a possible reading.
Or. 1253.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι⟩: με —AaGr
TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘moi’, ‘to me’, there is a variant, accusative) ‘me’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1253.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ χρέος ἀπύεις⟩: τὸ πρᾶγμα προστάσσεις, ἤγουν φρουρεῖν τὴν ὁδὸν —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘You speak the need’, that is,) ‘you command the action’, namely watching over the road.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1253.19 (rec gloss) ⟨χρέος⟩: χρείαν —KRfrY2GZm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. RfrZm | χρεία G
Or. 1253.23 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀπύεις⟩: λέγεις —M2PrRSaZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. R
Or. 1253.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπύεις⟩: φωνεῖς —M2FMnCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FCrOx
Or. 1253.26 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπύεις⟩: ἤγουν καλεῖς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
LEMMA: ἠπύεις in text T POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. ZaGu
Or. 1254.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔννεπέ μοι⟩: λέγε μοι —MnRGCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | μοι om. MnCrOx
Or. 1254.02 (tri exeg) ⟨ἔνεπέ⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον —T
TRANSLATION: (‘Enepe’ is spelled with a single rather than a doube nu) because of the meter.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69
Or. 1254.03 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἔνεπέ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπέ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcZaZb2F2
LEMMA: ἔνν‑ in text ZZaZbF POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. ZcZaZb2F2
Or. 1255.01 (1255–1257) (rec wdord) word order α (φόβος), β (μή), γ (ἐξεύρῃ), δ (τις), ε (πήματα), ϛ (σταθεὶς), ζ (ἐπὶ δώμασι) —M2
Or. 1255.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨φόβος ἔχει με⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβοῦμαι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2Zc
TRANSLATION: (‘Fear holds me’ is) equivalent to ‘I am afraid’.
LEMMA: φόβος X POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,27
Or. 1255.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μή⟩: ἵνα —KXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἵνος X | μὴ add. Xo, μήτις add. G
Or. 1255.08 (1255–1256) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δώμασι σταθεὶς⟩: ἐπὶ δώμασι σταθεὶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπίστας τοῖς δώμασιν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr, partial G
TRANSLATION: ‘Standing near the house’ (as simple verb and participial phrase) equivalent to ‘standing at the house’ (compound verb and plain dative noun).
POSITION: s.l. (above 1256 σταθεὶς, except above 1255 δώμασι G) except X
APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ … ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | σταθεὶς om. X
APP. CRIT. 2: δώμασι G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,27–28
Or. 1256.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ φόνιον αἷμα⟩: διὰ —AaFKPrSaGuZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ add. PrSa
Or. 1256.06 (vetThom exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τὸ τῆς Ἑλένης —MBOAaMnPrSY2ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuCrOx
TRANSLATION: (‘Blood’, namely,) that of Helen.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. MY2, intermarg. B
APP. CRIT.: τὸ] MB, om. others
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,12
Or. 1257.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πήματα πήμασιν ἐξεύρῃ⟩: ἤτοι φονεύσει ἐκεῖνος ἐκείνους —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Will contrive woes upon woes’,) that is, that man (the new arrival) will kill them (Orestes and Pylades).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1257.05 (thom exeg) ⟨πήμασιν⟩: οἷς σύνεσμεν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘On top of pains’, namely,) the ones with which we are (already) involved.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,29
Or. 1257.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξεύρῃ⟩: προσθήσει —Mn, perhaps R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: middle letters washed out in R
Or. 1257.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξεύρῃ⟩: ἐργάσηται —XXbXoT+YGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. X, marg., Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,29
Or. 1257.09 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξεύρῃ⟩: καθ᾽ ἡμῶν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἡμᾶς ZbZl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,29
Or. 1257.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξάρῃ⟩: γρ. ἐξεύρῃ. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘exarēi’, ‘raise up’,) the reading ‘exeurēi’ (‘contrive’) is found.
LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1257.11 (tri metr) diple on left, paragraphos and diple on right —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69
Or. 1258.01 (tri metr) χωρεῖτε: σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν στίχων ἰαμβικῶν γ´. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: A metrical system, in the form of a separate section, of three iambic verses. At the end a paragraphos.
LEMMA: T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,3–4; de Fav. 69
Or. 1258.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: καθ’ ἑαυτὸν ὁ χορός. —Y2
TRANSLATION: The chorus (speaks) to itself.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1258.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπειγώμεσθ’⟩: σπουδάζωμεν —RZcOx
LEMMA: ‑όμεσθ’ in text R, ‑όμεσθα Ox POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἄγε ἵνα prep. Ox
APP. CRIT. 2: σπουδάζομεν R
Or. 1258.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπειγώμεσθ’⟩: σπεύδωμεν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,1
Or. 1258.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπειγώμεσθ’⟩: σπεύσωμεν —F2
LEMMA: in text ‑μεθ’ F, ‑μεσθ’ F2 POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1258.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπειγώμεσθ’⟩: ἂς ἀγωνιζώμεθα —Zl
LEMMA: ‑μεθ’ in text Zl POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑όμεθα Zl
Or. 1258.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπειγόμεσθ’⟩: ἐπειγώμεσθ’ —Rfr
TRANSLATION: (For indicative ‘epeigomesth there is a variant, subjunctive) ‘epeigōmesth’ ’.
LEMMA: thus in text Rf POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1258.12 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨τρίβον⟩: ὁδόν —CrOxF2TZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὴν prep. CrOx
Or. 1259.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ … τὸν⟩: τὴνδ’ … τὴν —R
TRANSLATION: (For masculine ‘tond’ ’, ‘this’, and ‘ton’, ‘the’, there is an alternative text with feminine) ‘tēnd’ ’ and ‘tēn’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The first word is written in the ink of the main text; the second is in the ink of the other glosses.
Or. 1259.02 (mosch gloss) ἐκφυλάξω: ἀντὶ τοῦ φυλάξω —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: X; τόνδε φυλάξω in text Y POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,2
Or. 1259.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς⟩: τὸν ἀνατολικόν φησιν. —MCAaPrGuZu
TRANSLATION: (By ‘the one toward the beams of the sun’) he means the eastern one.
POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. others
APP. CRIT.: τὸ Zu | φησιν om. CGu
APP. CRIT. 2: φησί Zu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,13; Dind. II.287,2–3
Or. 1259.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς⟩: ἤγουν τὸν πρὸς ἀνατολὰς φέροντα δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
TRANSLATION: (‘The one toward the beams of the sun’,) that is, the one heading toward the east, clearly.
POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 1259.02 X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. XGZc | δηλονότι om. GZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,3–4
Or. 1259.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς⟩: τὸν πρὸς ἀνατολήν —B3b
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,3
Or. 1259.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἡλίου βολάς⟩: ἀνατολάς —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πρὸς prep. T, καὶ τὰς prep. CrOx
Or. 1260.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἐγὼ τόνδ’⟩: φυλάξω —PrSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ μὴν ἐγὼ τόνδε prep. X
Or. 1260.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τόνδ’ ὃς πρὸς ἑσπέραν φέρει⟩: ἤγουν τὴν δυτικὴν τρίβον —Zm
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1260.04 (vet exeg) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: ἡνίοχον —MC
TRANSLATION: (With masculine ‘this’ understand the noun) ‘charioteer’. Or: (With ‘pherei’, ‘carries’, understand as the object the noun) ‘charioteer’.
LEMMA: καὶ μὴν ἐγὼ τόνδ’ MC(τὸν δ’; not sep. from note) REF. SYMBOL: M
COMMENT: This could be a bad explanation of τόνδ’, recognized as incorrect by the reviser of the B tradition (sch. 1260.08), who then (in a fashion typical of changes in that tradition) made a seemingly plausible emendation. But ἡνιοχεῖ itself is suspect if it is meant to explain φέρει in (τρίβον) ὃς πρὸς ἑσπέραν φέρει. If, conversely, B reflects the original and MC have a corruption of ἡνιοχεῖ, the result is still unsatisfactory. Perhaps some deeper corruption is present. ἡνιοχ‑ could perhaps have appeared in a fuller explanation of the etymology ἠοῦς πέρας (sch. 1260.10–11).
Or. 1260.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τήνδ’ —R
TRANSLATION: (For masculine ‘tond’ ’, ‘this’ there is a variant reading, feminine) ‘tēnd’ ’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1260.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τρίβον —RRfr
LEMMA: in text τήνδ’ s.l. R POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. R
Or. 1260.08 (vet exeg) ὃς πρὸς ἑσπέραν φέρει: ἤτοι ἡνιοχεῖ —B
TRANSLATION: (‘Bears, carries’,) that is, ‘steers a chariot’.
COMMENT: See comment on 1260.04.
Or. 1260.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨πρὸς ἑσπέραν⟩: πρὸς δύσιν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZcF2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν prep. T, καὶ prep. CrOx | πρὸς om. XGGrF2 (to be supplied from line) | τὴν add. before δύσιν TZb2CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,5
Or. 1260.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ἑσπέραν⟩: 1τὸ δυτικὸν, ὅτι τῆς ἠοῦς πέρας ἐστὶν, 2ἢ ὅτι τότε εἰς ἑαυτοὺς περῶμεν. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: (‘Hesperan’, ‘evening’, means) the west, because (evening) is the final goal of dawn (‘ēous peras’), or because at that time we transition to our own homes (‘eis heautous perōmen’).
LEMMA: lemma ἑσπέραν λέγ() (or λεγειν?)· ἑσπέραν φέρει Rw POSITION: cont. from sch. 1260.04 with no punct. MC, from 1260.08 with no punct. B
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἠοῦς πέρας] Dind. (from next), ἐσπέρας all | 2 ἢ ὅτι κτλ om. BRw (conflation with next) | ἑαυτοὺς] ἑαυτὸν M
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐστί B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,14–15; Dind. II.287,5–7
COMMENT: For the etymologies, cf. Orion 58,23 ἑσπέρα. παρὰ τὸ ἐς πέρας εἶναι τὴν ἕω, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔσω ἡμᾶς περᾶν; Georg. Choerobosc. epimer. in Psalm. 21,13–14 ἕω, τελειῶ, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἕως ἡμέρα, καὶ ἑσπέρα, ἡ τῆς ἡμέρας τελείωσις, 138,18–19 ἑσπέρα, παρὰ τὸ ἔσω φέρειν, ἐσωφέρα τις οὖσα, καὶ ἐν συγκοπῇ ἑσπέρα, ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἔσω περᾶν; Et. Gud. ε 538 de Stefani ἑσπέρα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔσω περᾶν πάντα τὰ ζῶα καὶ καθεύδειν, καὶ σαφῶς εἰς πέρας πάντα φέρειν· ἢ τῆς ἑῴας πέρας ἤγουν πλήρωμα [σαφῶς … περᾶν is a corruption of the Sappho fragment]; Et. Gen. cod. A (129r) ἑσπέρα· παρὰ τὸ τῆς ἔω πέρας εἶναι; (sharing the quotation of Sappho present in the next) Et. Magn. 384,2–5 καὶ ἑσπέρα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔσω ποιεῖν περᾶν τὰ ζῷα ἀναπαυσόμενα· ἢ ὁ πέρας τῆς ἕω φέρων. Σαπφὼ, Ἕσπερε πάντα φέρων ὅσα φαινόλις ἐσκέδασ’ αὔως. τὸ γὰρ ἐναντίον ἕως καλεῖται, παρὰ τὸ ἐᾶν πάντα καὶ ἀπολύειν. Ἡσίοδος, Ἠὼς ἥτε φανεῖσα πολεῖς ἐπέβησε κελεύθου.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1260.11 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὸ δυτικὸν λέγει. 2ἑσπέρα δὲ λέγεται ἢ ὅτι τῆς ἠοῦς πέρας ἐστίν ἢ ὅτι τότε εἰς ἑαυτοὺς περῶμεν. 3ἢ ἐσωφέρα τις οὖσα, ἀπὸ τοῦ πάντας εἰσφέρειν καὶ ἔσω φέρειν. 4καὶ ἡ Σαπφὼ δὲ οὕτως τὸν ἕσπερον ἀστέρα εἶπε τρόπον τινὰ ἐτυμολογοῦσα τὸ ὄνομα [fr. 104 L–P, Voigt, Neri]· 5‘ἕσπερε πάντα φέρων ὅσα φαινολὶς ἐσκέδασ’ αὔως’. —MBCRwZu
TRANSLATION: (By ‘evening’ the chorus) means the west. ‘Hespera’ (‘evening’) is so named either because it is the final goal of dawn (‘ēous peras’), or because at that time we transition to our own homes (‘eis heautous perōmen’). Or (it can be explained as) something that is ‘carrying inside’ (‘esōphera’). And Sappho spoke in this way of the evening star (Hesperus), in a way etymologizing the name: ‘Hespere, bringing (home) all things that bright dawn scattered’.
LEMMA: C, in marg. M REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: cont. from prev. BRw
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ δυτικὸν λέγει om. BRwZu | 2 ἑσπέρα … περῶμεν] ἑσπέρας δὲ λέγεται ἢ ὅτι τότε εἰς ἑαυτοὺς (πρῶτα μὲν add. Rw) περῶμεν ἢ ὅτι τῆς ἠοῦς πέρας ἐστίν BRw(ἐστὶν) | δὲ om. Zu | λέγ() M | first ἢ om. MCZu | second ὅτι om. MC | 3 ἐσωφέρα] ἐσώφε M, ἐσφέρα Zu | πάντες M, πάντα C, τά πάντα Zu | καὶ ἔσω] ἤτοι εἴσω B | 4 ἑσπέριον B, ἑσπέραν a.c. Zu | τρόπον εἶπε transp. Rw | τρόπην M | 5 ἕσπειρε M(breathing app. thus), ἔσπειρε C, ἕσπερα Rw | φέρων om. Zu | ὅσα φαινολὶς] ὁ ὑφαίνολις Zu | φαινολὶς] MC (cf. φαινολὶς Ἠώς, Hom. Hymn. Dem. 51), φαινόλης BRw (φαινόλις Barnes), φαίνολις edd. of Sappho | ἀυων (or perhaps ἄυων) M, ἠώς Rw, αὖρα Zu
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἡοῦς M | ἐστὶ Zu | 3 τίς all | 4 σαμπφῶ M | ἔσπερον M | εἶπεν MB | 5 ἐσκεδὰς C, ἐσκέδασεν Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,16–213,2; Dind. II.287,7–11
COMMENT: See comment on the prev., and see Voigt and Neri for references to the many quotations of the Sappho excerpt.
KEYWORDS: etymology | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Sappho
Or. 1260.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑσπέραν⟩: 1παρὰ τὸ τῆς ἠοῦς πέρας εἶναι, ἢ ὅτι τότε εἰς ἑαυτοὺς περῶμεν. 2ἢ ἐσωφέρα τις οὖσα, ἀπὸ τοῦ πάντα εἰσφέρ[ειν] ἔσω. —O
TRANSLATION: (‘Hespera’) derived from its being the final goal of dawn (‘ēous peras’), or because at that time we transition to our own homes (‘eis heautous perōmen’). Or (it can be explained as) something that is ‘carrying inside’ (‘esōphera’), from its bringing everything inside.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 2 εἰσφείρα τί O
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἡοῦς a.c. O | 2 πᾶντα O
KEYWORDS: etymology
TRANSLATION: This third strophe is of five cola. The first and second are one-and-a-half-measure paeonic, (each) composed of fourth paeon and iambus. The third is a pure iambic hephthemimer. The fourth is an anapaestic basis but if you prefer, a hypercatalectice ionic a maiore monometer. The fifth is a paeonic similar to the first. At the end a paragraphos and diplae, the one at the beginning of the colon pointing outward, the one at the end pointing inward.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,5–10; de Fav. 69
Or. 1261.02 (1261–1265) (tri metr) A third strophe, of five cola. —T
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69
Or. 1261.03 (vet exeg) δόχμια νῦν κόρας: οἷον περίφερέ σου καὶ πλαγίαζε τὸ ὄμμα καὶ φύλασσε καὶ τὰ πλάγια τῶν οἴκων ἐπιτήρει. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: As it were, turn your eye all around and turn (it) to the side and guard and watch over the areas at the sides of the house.
POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,3–4; Dind. II.287,12–13
Or. 1261.04 (1261–1262) (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόχμια νῦν κόρας⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ὁ λόγος. —Zm
TRANSLATION: The speech is addressed to the chorus.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1261.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δόχμια⟩: καὶ ἐκπλάγια —R
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The adjective is rare, found from the 7th century CE on: see LBG s.v.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1261.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨δόχμια⟩: πλαγίως —AaMnPrSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*rB3b
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,13–14
Or. 1261.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δόχμια⟩: διττῶς —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Although there is not punctuation between διττῶς and the following πλαγ()΄ (= πλαγίως), διττῶς is apparently a separate gloss (not an adverb unnecessarily modifying πλαγίως), with ‘doubly’ meaning ‘to both sides’, anticipating ἐκεῖθεν ἐνθαδ’.
Or. 1261.12 (1261–1262) (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόρας ὀμμάτων⟩: τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς —Zl
LEMMA: in text κόρ. ὀμμ. διάφερ’ transp. Zl POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1262.01 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερ’⟩: περίφερε(?) —R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: φερε faint and uncertain
Or. 1262.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨διάφερ’⟩: παράφερε —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,14–15
Or. 1262.05 (thom gloss) ⟨διάφερ’⟩: κίνει —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,15
Or. 1263.01 (mosch exeg) ἐκεῖθεν ἐνθάδ’: ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ μέρους εἰς τοῦτο. ἐπὶ κινήσεως ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἐνθάδε. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, partial GuZcOx2
TRANSLATION: From that direction to this one. Here ‘enthade’ is used of motion (‘hither’, not static position, ‘here’).
LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: G POSITION: s.l. except XGGr and T(first sentence s.l., second marg., each with cross)
APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ κτλ om. GuZcOx2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,16–17
Or. 1263.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκεῖθεν ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἤγουν ἔνθεν κἀκεῖθεν —G
TRANSLATION: That is, from this side and from that side.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1264.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἶτ’⟩: καὶ πάλιν —F
LEMMA: εἶτ’ ἐπ’ ἄλλην in text F POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Although this works as a gloss on εἶτ’, it is possible that it is a deformation of εἶτα πάλιν as a variant reading.
Or. 1264.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨σκοπιάν⟩: ἐπιτήρησιν —MnZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ὁδοῦ add. Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,18
Or. 1264.04 (mosch gloss) σκοπιάν: ἀντὶ τοῦ φυλακήν —XXbXoT+YGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Y2
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. XoY2G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,17
Or. 1265.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔχομεν⟩: οὕτω διακείμεθα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOx2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,19
Or. 1265.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θροεῖς⟩: λέγεις —B2Aa2MnRRfrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZcZaZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l., except intermarg. X, cont. from sch. 1265.02
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ὡς prep. ZcCrOx, ὡς prep. XG | ἡμῖν add. Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,20
Or. 1265.06 (rec gloss) ⟨θροεῖς⟩: βλέπεις —MnR
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The gloss seemingly indicates that ὡς λέγεις (‘as you say’) could be very loosely paraphrased in this passage as ὡς βλέπεις (‘as you see’), not that θροέω itself can mean ‘see’.
Or. 1265.07 (tri metr) diple on left side (outside pers. nota), paragraphos and diple on right —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69
Or. 1266.01 (1266–1270) (tri metr) ἑλίσσετε νυν: ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς πρώτης ἐστὶ στροφῆς. ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘Μυκηνίδες ὧ φίλαι’. κώλων γάρ ἐστι καὶ αὕτη εʹ ἰσομέτρων ἐκείνοις. τὸ μέντοι πρῶτον κῶλον τετρασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν κρητικόν. τὸ δὲ βʹ οὐ καλῶς εἶχε· διὸ καὶ ἀντέστρατται παρ’ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ἔχει νῦν ὀρθῶς. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει μόνη παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: This is the antistrophe of the first strophe [1246–1250], of which the first line is ‘Oh dear Mycenean women’. For this stanza too consists of five cola that are of the same meter as those. The first colon, however, has its cretic resolved into four syllables. And the second was not in good shape: therefore, in fact, a transposition has been effected by me, and now it is correct. At the end a paragraphos alone.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,11–15; de Fav. 70
COMMENT: In 1267 Triclinius has πάντα διὰ βοστρύχων where the transmitted reading is διὰ βοστρύχων πάντα (or πάντῃ/πάντη); this transposition is accepted in modern editions.
KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by
Or. 1266.02 (1266–1270) (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ α´ κώλων ε´ —T
TRANSLATION: First antistrophe, of five cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70
Or. 1266.03 (1266–1267) (vet exeg) ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρον: 1τὸ ἑξῆς ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρον διὰ βοστρύχων καὶ κόραισι δίδοτε πάντα, 2ὅ ἐστι πάντα τόπον τῇ θέᾳ δίδοτε καὶ σκοπεῖτε. —MBCPrSaZu, partial ORw
TRANSLATION: The run of the sense is ‘whirl about your eyelid through your curls and present everything to your pupils’, which is to say ‘present every place to your sight and keep watch’.
LEMMA: MBC (all νῦν as in text), ἑλίσσετε νῦν Rw (νῦν as in text), ἑλίσσετε Zu REF. SYMBOL: MBC
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 τὸ ἑξῆς … ἐστι om. O | 1 τὸ ἑξῆς om. PrSa | ἑλίσσετε δὲ νῦν M | δίδοτε ταῖς κόραις τὰ πάντα PrSa | 2 ὅ ἐστι … δίδοτε om. Rw | πάντα] πᾶν PrSa | τῇ θέᾳ] τεθέαται PrSa, τῆ νέα Zu | καὶ σκοπεῖτε om. O
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξῆς M | κόρακι M | δίδοται M | 2 δίδοται O
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,5–7; Dind. II.287,21–23
Or. 1266.04 (mosch exeg) ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρον: τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς δηλονότι, ἤγουν περισκοπεῖσθε —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGbGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Eyelid’, that is,) the eyes, clearly; in other words, (the phrase means) ‘look around’.
LEMMA: Ga; νῦν in text all POSITION: s.l. except XGa
APP. CRIT.: ἑλίσσετε νῦν prep. X | ἤγουν om. GaGb
APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι GaGb | ‑σκοπεῖσθαι Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,8–9
Or. 1266.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρον⟩: συστρέφετε ἁπανταχόσε τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Whirl now your eyelid’, that is,) ‘turn your eyes in every direction’.
LEMMA: νῦν in text all POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: συστρέφ-] οὐ στρέφ‑ Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,8
Or. 1266.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρον⟩: περισκοπεῖσθε —Zc
LEMMA: νῦν in text Zc POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1266.10 (tri metr) ⟨(βλέ)φαρα⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T
TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘phara’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).
LEMMA: thus in text T POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69
Or. 1267.01 (vet exeg) κόραισι δίδοτε: 1†κόρας δὲ διὰ† τὸ ἐπὶ ταῖς κόραις βλέφαρον ἑλίσσετε καὶ κινεῖτε καὶ διὰ τῶν βοστρύχων αὐτὸ δίδοτε πανταχόσε. 2ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰς κόρας καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀποτείνετε πανταχοῦ, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ πάντῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ πανταχοῦ. || 3ἢ πάντα τόπον δίδοτε ταῖς ὄψεσι. †προσθ()† —MBC
TRANSLATION: Whirl and move the eyelid that is upon the pupils and give it through the cheek-curls in every direction. Equivalent to ‘direct the pupils and the eyes everywhere’, so that ‘pantēi’ (‘in every way’) is used for ‘pantachou’ (‘everywhere’). || Or ‘give every place to the eyes’.
LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: C POSITION: follows sch. 1267.15 ἢ ὡς MC, follows sch. 1267.16 διὰ τῶν B
APP. CRIT.: 1 κόρας δὲ διὰ] MC (corruption of lemma?), κόρας φησὶ B; λείπει τὸ ἐπί Schw. (διὰ from λείπει compend.) | after βλέφ. add. κορὸν γὰρ τὸ μέλαν B | 2 τοῦ om. C | ἵν’ … πανταχοῦ om. C | προσθ()] M(no punct. before, comma after it), πρόσθ() C (no punct. before or after), om. B
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐλίσσετε M | 2 ἵνῆι M | πάντη app. M, but ending is damaged
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,8–11; Dind. II.288,1–5
COMMENT: The initial word κόρας could possibly attest to a text with κόρας, the form that replaces κόραις in Canter’s emendation κόρας διάδοτε (see also sch. 1267.04). The διὰ of MC could also be a reflection of διάδοτε or δίδοτε or a truncated δια() or διδ(). The other possibility is that assumed by Schwartz, that (as elsewhere) the compendium for λείπει has been confused with a compendious form of διὰ. The resulting λείπει τὸ ἐπί· ⟨τὸ ἐπὶ⟩ ταῖς κόραις κτλ would account for the otherwise unmotivated use of ἐπὶ in the interpretation. This is attractive, but leaves the presence of κόρας unexplained (there could of course be a large lacuna here). Schwartz also wanted to associate the λείπει that M has as the first word of sch. 1267.14 with the preceding προσθ() to produce πρόθεσις λείπει; but the λείπει of 1267.14 seems to be a corruption of the διὰ carried in other witnesses, which is necessary to the sense. While C runs on into 1267.14 without punctuation, M has a comma before λείπει and runs on from there into 1267.14. | For the added words κορὸν γὰρ τὸ μέλαν in B, compare Et. Gud. 412,17–19 Sturz νυκτικόραξ, παρὰ τὸ νυκτὶ καὶ τὸ κόραξ· τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ κορὸν ὃ σημαίνει τὸ μέλαν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ κάραν μεγάλην ἔχειν. Et. Magn. 529,30–31 κόραξ: παρὰ τὸν κόρον, ὃ σημαίνει τὸ μέλαν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ κάραν μεγάλην ἔχειν; Et. Gud. 339,36–37 Sturz κόραξ, ὅτι κόρος ἐστὶ τῇ χροιᾷ· κόρον δὲ τὸ μαῦρον εἴρηται κτλ. But why this idea should have been cited here is unclear.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1267.02 (mosch exeg) κόραισι δίδοτε: τὸ βλέφαρον ἐνδίδοτε ταῖς κόραις, τουτέστι τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, πάντη, ἤγουν πρὸς πᾶν μέρος, διὰ τῶν βοστρύχων. —XXaXbXoYYfGaGbGr
TRANSLATION: Direct the eyelid with the pupils, that is to say, with the eyes, in every way, that is, toward every direction, through the cheek-curls.
LEMMA: Ga POSITION: s.l. except XGaGr
APP. CRIT.: δίδοτε Ga | πρὸς πᾶν] προπᾶν Gr | διὰ om. XoGaGb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,10–12
COMMENT: The translation offered is the only reasonable sense I can make of this paraphrase; but one would have expected an instrumental dative to be glossed with a διὰ-phrase for clarity. Giving ἐνδίδοτε a more normal meaning like ‘surrender to’ or ‘put upon’ does not produce good sense.
Or. 1267.03 (thom exeg) ⟨κόραισι δίδοτε διὰ βοστρύχων πάντα⟩: ἤγουν πάντα τόπον περισκοπεῖτε τῇ θέᾳ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, look around at every spot with your vision.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zl (at 1266)
Or. 1267.04 (rec exeg) ⟨κόραισι⟩: τὰς κόρας —MnR
TRANSLATION: (Dative ‘koraisi’ is to be treated as a substitution of case for accusative) ‘tas koras’ (‘the pupils’, as direct object of the verb). OR (deleting ‘the’): (For dative ‘koraisi’ there is a variant reading, accusative) ‘koras’ (‘pupils’).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: If the article is a secondary addition, this may report a variant that anticipates part of Canter’s correction κόρας διάδοτε.
Or. 1267.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κόραισι⟩: τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν δηλονότι —AaPrSa
POSITION: s.l. (above 1266 βλέφαρον Aa)
APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι om. Aa
Or. 1267.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δίδοτε διὰ βοστρύχων πάντα⟩: ἤγουν διὰ κεφαλῆς συστρέφετε ἔνθεν κἀκεῖθεν —Zl
TRANSLATION: That is, with your head turn (your vision) this way and that way.
LEMMA: δίδοται in text Zl POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: συστρέφεται Zl
COMMENT: For διὰ κεφαλῆς in the interpretation, see the Thoman sch. 1267.18. | If Zl’s δίδοται and συστρέφεται are not treated as phonetic variants, the translation would be ‘That is, with your head it is turned this way and that way’.
Or. 1267.12 (rec exeg) ⟨δίδοται⟩: δίδοτε —Sa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘didotai’, ‘it is given’, there is a variant reading) ‘didote’ (imperative ‘give’).
LEMMA: thus in text Sa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1267.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων πάντη⟩: ἤγουν πρὸς πᾶν μέρος διὰ τῶν βοστρύχων —Ox2
TRANSLATION: That is, in every direction through the cheek-curls.
LEMMA: in text πάντη Ox2, πα*** Ox POSITION: marg.
Or. 1267.14 (vet exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: διὰ βοστρύχων δὲ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ καθειμένον ἔχουσι τὸν πλόκαμον μέχρι τῶν παρειῶν ὡς ἂν παρθένοι. —MaMbCaCbPrRwSaZu
TRANSLATION: She said ‘through the cheek-curls’ because they have their hair let down to their cheeks, as maidens would.
POSITION: cont. from sch. 1266.03 MaCaPrRwSaZu; cont. from sch. 1267.01 MbCb
APP. CRIT.: διὰ] comp. λ(είπ)ει MbCb (see sch. 1267.01) | τῶν βοστ. all except Cb | δὲ εἶπεν om. Zu | εἶπεν om. MaCaPrRwSa | ἐπεὶ CbZu | καθήμενον CbPrZu | πλόκαμον] βόστρυχον MbCb | μέχρι τῶν] μέχρι Rw, μέσον PrSa | ὡς ἂν παρθ.] om. MaCaPrSaZu (all cont. into next)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,13–14; Dind. II.287,23–24
Or. 1267.15 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἢ ὡς πενθοῦσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην ἢ ὡς παρθένοι λελυμένον αὐτὸν ἔχουσιν, 2ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε τὰ πλάγια μὴ ὁρᾶν. —MaMbCaCbPrSaZu, partial Rw
TRANSLATION: They have their hair let loose either because mourning for Orestes, or as maidens, whence it came about that they not see things to their sides.
LEMMA: ἀλλὡς Mb POSITION: all except Mb cont. from prev., MaCa after prev. MaCa, Cb after prev. Cb
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ ὡς … ἔχουσιν om. Rw | ἢ ὡς] οὐχ’ ὡς Cb, om. Mb | πενθοῦσι Mb(πενθεσι a.c.), πενθοῦσα PrSa | ἢ ὡς παρθένοι om. MbCb | παρθένου PrSa | λελυμένον αὐτὸν ἔχουσιν om. MaCaPrSaZu | 2 ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε om. PrSa | τὰ πλάγια] τὰ ἐκ πλαγίου (transp. after μὴ ὁρᾶν) Zu, τὰ πλάτη PrSa, om. MbCb
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξοῦ MaMb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,15–16; Dind. II.287,24–288,1
Or. 1267.16 (vet exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: διὰ τῶν βοστρύχων δὲ ἐπειδὴ καθειμένον ἔχουσι τὸν πλόκαμον μέχρι παρειῶν ἢ ὡς πενθοῦσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην ἢ ὡς ἂν παρθένοι, ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε τὰ πλάγια μὴ ὁρᾶν. —B
TRANSLATION: ‘Through the cheek-curls’ because they have their hair let down to their cheeks either because mourning for Orestes, or as maidens would, whence it came about that they not see things to their sides.
POSITION: cont. from sch. 1267.03 B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,15–16; Dind. II.287,23–288,1
Or. 1267.17 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: 1ἐπεὶ καθειμένον ἔχουσι τὸν βόστρυχον μέχρι τῶν παρειῶν 2ἢ ὡς πενθοῦσα τὸν Ὀρέστην ἢ ὡς παρθένος, 3ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε μὴ ὁρᾶν τὰ ἐκ πλαγίου. —O
TRANSLATION: Since they have their hair let down to their cheeks either as one mourning for Orestes or as a maiden, whence it came about that they not see things at their sides.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 1 μέχρι] διὰ, corr. to μέχρι s.l. O
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 πλαγείου O
Or. 1267.18 (thom exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: 1τὸ διὰ βοστρύχων λέγει ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τοῦ κινεῖν τὴν κεφαλὴν ὧδε κἀκεῖσε, καὶ ἔστιν ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. 2μέρος γὰρ τῆς κεφαλῆς οἱ βόστρυχοι. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: She says ‘by means of the cheek-curls’ in the sense of moving the head this way and that way, and it is (a case of) the whole (expressed) from the part. For the curls are part of the head.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl POSITION: s.l. Zm
APP. CRIT.: διὰ τοῦ om. ZZa | τοῦ κινεῖν om. Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὦδε Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287, app. at 23
KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν
Or. 1267.19 (thom exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: 1ἢ τὸ διὰ βοστρύχων λέγει ἐπειδὴ καθειμένον εἶχον τὸν πλόκαμον μέχρι τῶν παρειῶν 2ἢ ὡς πενθοῦσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην ἢ ὡς παρθένοι, 3ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε τὰ πλάγια μὴ ὁρᾶν. 4δηλοῖ δὲ ἡ διά τὸ μέσον κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον. —ZlGu
TRANSLATION: Or (alternatively) she says ‘through the cheek-curls’ because they had their hair let down to their cheeks either because mourning for Orestes, or as maidens, whence it came about that they not see things to their sides. According to this explanation the preposition ‘dia’ means ‘in between’ (rather than ‘by means of’).
POSITION: cont. from prev. ZlGu
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπεὶ Zl | τῶν om. Zl | 2 πενθοῦσα … παρθένον Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 καθήμενον Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287, app. at 23
Or. 1267.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: λείπει τὸ βλέπειν· ⟨διὰ⟩ τῆς ἐπάρσεως ἄρατε ἄνω τοὺς βόστρυχας καὶ βλέπετε ἀνεμποδίστως. —B3b
TRANSLATION: ‘To see’ is to be understood (as an infinitive of purpose/result). By lifting up, raise your curls upwards and look without hindrance.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,6–7
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1267.23 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: τὸ τῶν —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: If this is not corrupt, it perhaps indicates a paraphrase τὸ διὰ τῶν βοστρύχων, ‘that which is between the cheek-curls’(?).
Or. 1267.25 (rec exeg) ⟨πάντη⟩: πάντα —Pr
TRANSLATION: (For adverb ‘pantē’, ‘in every way’, there is a variant) ‘panta’ (either neuter plural adjective ‘all’ or same adverb with Doric alpha for eta).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1267.26 (vet gloss) ⟨πάντη⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πανταχοῦ —MZb2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zb2
Or. 1267.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάντη⟩: πρὸς πᾶν μέρος —Gu
LEMMA: πάντα in text Gr, s.l. η POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1267.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάντα⟩: πάντη —Gr
TRANSLATION: (For ‘panta’, which is either neuter plural adj. ‘all’ or adverb ‘in every way’ with Doric alpha for eta, there is a variant) ‘pantē’ (same adverb with eta).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This is probably not to be taken as a simple eta gloss because Gr normally enters the eta gloss in smaller format in the same brown ink as the text itself, while this eta is larger and written in red along with Gr’s scholia and glosses.
Or. 1268.01 (1268–1270) (thom exeg) ὅδε τις: 1φαντασθὲν τὸ ἡμιχόριον ἐρχόμενόν τινα τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φησίν. 2ἀγρότης δὲ εἶπεν ἐπειδὴ ᾤετο μή τινα ἂν τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει λαμπρῶν ἀφῖχθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἀγροῦ τινὰ, ποιμένα λέγω ἢ συβότην, διά τινα χρείαν. —ZZaZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The half-chorus, having fancied that someone was coming, says this to Electra. And they said ‘countryman’ because they believed that none of the illustrious people in the city would have come, but someone from the countryside, I mean a shepherd or swineherd, for some need.
LEMMA: T(ὅδέ); in text ὦδέ ZZm, ὅδέ T, s.l. ZZaZm REF. SYMBOL: ZZa, at second τίς in 1269 Zm
APP. CRIT.: 2 λέγω] λέγει Za | συβώτην Zm
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐρχόμενον τινὰ ZmT
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,13–16
Or. 1268.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὧδε —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: (For ‘hode’, ‘this man’, there is a variant, adverb) ‘hōde’ (‘in this way’).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ὦ(δε) Zm
Or. 1268.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ὧδε⟩: ὅδε —ZZa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘hōde’, ‘in this way’, there is a variant) ‘hode’ (‘this man’).
LEMMA: in text ὦδέ Z, ὧδέ Za POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1268.07 (mosch gloss) προσέρχεται: ἡμῖν δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrOx2
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,19
Or. 1269.01 (1268–1270) (mosch exeg) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ … ἀγρότας ἀνήρ;⟩: 1τὸ τίς ἀόριστον, 2ἤγουν ἀγρότης τις ἄρα ἀνὴρ ὅδε, ὃν λέγεις δηλονότι, πολεῖ ἀμφὶ τὸ σὸν μέλαθρον, ἀντί τοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ σὸν μέλαθρον; —XaXbXoT+YYfGGu
TRANSLATION: The (pronoun) ‘tis’ is indefinite (not interrogative); that is, ‘it is some countryman, then, this fellow’, the one whom you mention, clearly, ‘coming around (‘amphi’) your palace’, used for ‘toward (‘epi’) your palace’.
LEMMA: 1268 ὅδε τὶς ἐν τρίβῳ G POSITION: intermarg. Gu
APP. CRIT.: 1 τίς] τὶς GGu | 2 τις] τίς (or τὶς) XaXbXo(punct. before)YTaGGu, accent uncertain in T (damage) | ἆρα XaYf, a.c. Y, with both accents Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δῆλον ὅτι G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,16–18
COMMENT: Despite the lemma used by G and the accent applied in the text of these mss to τίς ὅδ’, this is a paraphrase of the words that follow πρόσερχεται. In the Moschopulean mss one semichorus speaks ὄδε τις … προσέρχεται and the other speaks τίς ὅδ’ … ἀγρότας ἀνήρ. None of the mss have a question mark after ἀνήρ, and the word order of the paraphrase shows that Moschopulus interpreted the sentence as a statement.
Or. 1269.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: ἐπὶ —T+
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Triclinius credits this gloss to Moschopylus because he has extracted it from sch. 1269.01, and he is alone in doing so among the mss checked.
Or. 1270.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγρότας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δρυτόμος —AaPrSaGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. AaGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,20
Or. 1270.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀγρότας⟩: ἀγροῖκος —ZlZmGu, app. F2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,20
COMMENT: For the accentuation of ἀγροῖκος, cf. Ammonius 6 Nickau ἀγροῖκος καὶ ἄγροικος διαφέρει. προπερισπωμένως μὲν ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ κατοικῶν, προπαροξυτόνως δὲ ὁ σκαιὸς τοὺς τρόπους.
Or. 1270.12 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨ἀγρότας⟩: ἀγρότης —PrTB3b, app. F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: only ἀγρο[ legible F2
Or. 1271.01 (1271–1272) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβοι δύο τρίμετροι. ἐπὶ τέλει παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: In the form of a separate section, two iambic trimeters. At the end a paragraphos.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,16–17; de Fav. 70
Or. 1271.02 (1271–1272) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπωλόμεσθ’ ἄρα … ἐχθροῖς εἰ φανεῖ⟩: 1ἀπωλόμεθα ἄρα, ὦ φίλαι, αὐτίκα, εἰ τοὺς κεκρυμμένους ξιφήρεις θῆρας, 2ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὸν Πυλάδην, φανεῖ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, ἤγουν δείξει, μηνύσει. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Then we’ve been destroyed immediately, friends, if he will make visible the hidden sword-bearing beasts, that is, Orestes and Pylades, to our enemies, (make visible,) that is, will show, will reveal.
POSITION: s.l. XaXbZoG (over two lines XoG, with gap before last three words)
APP. CRIT.: 1 εἰ] εἰς GGr, a.c. Xo | ξιφήρεις om. Yf | 2 first ἤγουν om. G | φανεῖ τοῖς ἐχθ. ἤγουν om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κεκρυμένους Xa, a.c. Gr | θήρας Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,21–23
COMMENT: Note the discrepancy between the fact that the witnesses other than XoGGr have κεκρυμμένους / θήρας whereas the paraphrase in all contains θῆρας, except for Y, where the accent in the paraphrase is made to match the acute in his text. Thus this is an example of how a text reading carried in Moschopulean witnesses may not reflect Moschopulus’ intention.
Or. 1271.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπωλόμεσθ’⟩: ἤγουν ἐφθάρημεν —Ox
LEMMA: ἀπολλύμεθ’ in text Ox, corr. in marg. Ox2 POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1272.01 (recThom exeg) ⟨θῆρας ξιφήρεις⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὸν Πυλάδην —MnRZZaZbZmTGuF2Y2CrOxB3b
TRANSLATION: (‘Sword-bearing beasts’ means) Orestes and Pylades.
LEMMA: θήρας in text TY POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B3b; above 1271 κεκρυμμένους MnR
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. GuB3b | first τὸν om. Y2 | καὶ τὸν πυλ. om. B3b, καὶ τὸν om. Y2
Or. 1272.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θῆρας⟩: διὰ τὸ ἄγριον καὶ φονικὸν λέγει τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ Πυλάδην. —Zl
TRANSLATION: (With ‘beasts’) she refers to Orestes and Pylades because of their fierce and murderous quality.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1272.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξιφήρεις⟩: τοὺς ξιφηφόρους —F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ambig. whether ξιφοφ‑
Or. 1272.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐχθροῖς⟩: τῷ Μενελάῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Enemies’, namely,) Menelaus and the others.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,24
Or. 1272.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢν φανῇ⟩: γρ. εἰ φανεῖ. —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ēn fanei’ with subjunctive) the reading ‘ei fanei’ (with future) is found (both ‘if he will make visible’).
LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1272.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢν φανῇ⟩: ἢν φανερωθῇ τοῦτο τὸ κεκρύφθαι αὐτούς —R
TRANSLATION: If this things is revealed, that they have been hidden.
LEMMA: thus in text R POSITION: marg.
Or. 1272.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨φανεῖ⟩: δείξει —AaFMnPrRfrSaZZaZlZmTGu
LEMMA: φανῆ in text AaMnPrSa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F | δείξη Zl | τίς add. Mn
Or. 1272.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨φανεῖ⟩: φανερώσει —KZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: φανερώσ() Zl
Or. 1273.01 (1273–1277) (tri metr) ἄφοβος ἔχε: 1ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς δευτέρας ἐστὶ στροφῆς, ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘τί δέ με τόδε χρέος’. 2κώλων γάρ ἐστι καὶ αὕτη ἰσομέτρων ἐκείνοις εʹ. 3ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: This is the antistrophe of the second strophe, of which the beginning is ‘Why me this service’. For this one too consists of five cola that are of the same meter as those. At the end a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,18–20; de Fav. 70
Or. 1273.02 (1273–1277) (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ δευτέρα κώλων ε´ —T
TRANSLATION: A second antistrophe, of five cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70
Or. 1273.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφοβος ἔχε⟩: μὴ φοβοῦ ἔτι —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.288,25–26
Or. 1273.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἄφοβος⟩: ἀφόβως —KMnXXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mn
Or. 1273.06 (vet gloss) ⟨ἔχε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔσο —MBOCAaF2MnRPrSaB3b
LEMMA: ἔσχε in text Mn REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MB, s.l. others
APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἔχε prep. B | ἀντὶ τοῦ] MBC, om. others
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213.17; Dind. II.288,25
Or. 1273.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔχε⟩: διάκεισο —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from sch. 1273.05 XXa
Or. 1273.10 (mosch paraphr) κενὸς: ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ἀνθρώπων —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,26
Or. 1274.01 (vet exeg) στίβος ὃν οὐ δοκεῖς: ὃν οὐ δοκεῖς κενὸν εἶναι, κενός ἐστιν. —MBOCRw
TRANSLATION: The one that you do not think is empty, is empty.
LEMMA: Rw(στῖβον) POSITION: marg. MO, intermarg. B, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: ὃν οὐ δοκεῖς om. O (understood from text) | οὐ δοκεῖς] οὐδεὶς C | εἶναι om. O | κενός] κενόν O
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστι Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,18; Dind. II.289,1–2
Or. 1274.02 (vet exeg) ⟨στίβος⟩: ἀρσενικῶς εἶπεν ὁ στίβος, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ὁδός. —B, partial M
TRANSLATION: He (the poet) used the masculine ‘ho stibos’, which is ‘the road’.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, s.l. B
APP. CRIT.: ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ὁδ. om. M
APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπε M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,18; Dind. II.289,1
Or. 1274.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στίβος⟩: ἀρσενικῶς —AaGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Stibos’ is) used in the masculine gender.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀρσενικὸς Aa, ῶς s.l.
Or. 1274.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨στίβος⟩: ἡ ὁδὸς —F2RwMnZcZaZb2ZlT
POSITION: s.l. except Rw, cont. from sch. 1274.01 Rw, prep. στῖβος δὲ
APP. CRIT.: ἡ om. MnZcZa
APP. CRIT. 2: ὀδὸς Zb2
Or. 1274.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν⟩: ὧν —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘hon’, accusative singular ‘which’, there is a variant, genitive plural) ‘hōn’ (‘of which’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1274.08 (thom exeg) ⟨σὺ δοκεῖς⟩: οὐκ εἶναι κενόν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (With ‘su dokeis’, ‘you believe’, understand) ‘not to be empty’.
LEMMA: thus in text except οὐ δοκ. TGr, σὺ οὐ δοκ. p.c. Zm POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1274.09 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ⟩: σὺ —Rfr
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ou’, ‘not’, there is a variant reading) ‘su’ (‘you’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1274.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ⟩: οὐ —Y2
TRANSLATION: (For ‘su’, ‘you’, there is a variant reading) ‘ou’ (‘not’).
LEMMA: σὺ in text p.c. Ya/2 POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1274.11 (rec gloss) ⟨δοκεῖς⟩: εἶναι ἄφοβον —MnPrSa
POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. PrSa
APP. CRIT.: ἄφοβος Sa
Or. 1274.12 (rec gloss) ⟨δοκεῖς⟩: εἶναι κενόν —AaFGK
POSITION: s.l. AaGK, marg. F
APP. CRIT.: σὺ prep. G | κενὸς Aa
Or. 1274.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨δοκεῖς⟩: κενὸν εἶναι δηλονότι —XXbXoT+YfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ὃν οὐ δοκεῖς prep. X
Or. 1274.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοκεῖς⟩: ὑπολαμβάνεις —AaOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: οὐχ’ prep. Aa, καὶ prep. Ox
Or. 1275.01 (vet exeg) τί δέ; τὸ σὸν βέβαιον: 1πρὸς τὸ ἄλλο ἡμιχόριον λέγει ἡ Ἠλέκτρα· 2πῶς δέ; τὸ κατὰ σὲ ἔτι βέβαιον; —MBCRw, partial Y2Gu
TRANSLATION: Electra addresses the other half-chorus: How (is it)? Is your side still secure?
LEMMA: BC(δε τὸ; no punct. before note)Rw(δὲ τὸ) REF. SYMBOL: ΜΒ POSITION: marg. MY2, s.l. CGu
APP. CRIT.: πρὸς om. MC | λέγει ἡ κτλ om. Y2Gu | ἔτι] Schwartz, ἐστι M, ἐστὶ C, ἐστιν· ἆρ’ ἔτι BRw | βέβαιον μένει· ἐπερχόμεν() (δὲ) B, βέβαιον μένει Rw, cont. after high dot with sch. 1279.01 (see comment there)
APP. CRIT. 2: ἡμιχώριον B | κατασέ B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,20–21; Dind. II.289,3–4
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1275.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τί δέ⟩: ἐρωτῶσα τὸ ἡμιχόριον λέγει. —AaMnPrSa
TRANSLATION: She (Electra) speaks, asking a question of the the half-chorus.
POSITION: s.l. AaPrSa, marg. at 1273–1274 Mn
Or. 1275.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δέ⟩: δαί —Za
TRANSLATION: (For ‘de’. ‘and/but’, there is a variant reading) ‘dai’ (a particle of emphasis).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1275.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨τὸ σόν βέβαιον … μένει⟩: ἤγουν ἡ σὴ φυλακὴ βεβαία ἐστί. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuY2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. ZY2
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστὶν T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,5
Or. 1275.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὸ σόν⟩: μέρος —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2Ox2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τὶ δὲ τὸ σὸν prep. X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,5
Or. 1275.10 (mosch exeg) ἔτι: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρὰ τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀκμήν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Eti’ is) equivalent to ‘akmēn’ (‘still’) (the word in use) among those who speak common (Koine) Greek.
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | ἀκμὴν παρὰ τοῖς κ. transp. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,6
Or. 1276.01 (tri paraphr) ⟨δὸς ἀγγελίαν ἀγαθάν τιν᾽⟩: ἤγουν εἰπέ μοι ἀγαθά. —T
TRANSLATION: That is, tell me good things.
LEMMA: thus in text T POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1276.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δὸς ἀγγελίαν ἀγαθάν τινά μοι⟩: τουτέστιν ἀπάλλαξον ἐμὲ φόβου —Zl
TRANSLATION: That is to say, free me from fear.
LEMMA: thus in text Zl(τίνά) POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1277.01 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ τάδ’ ἔρημα⟩: εἰσὶ ἥσυχα —MnPrRSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: εἰσὶ] transp. to end Sa, om. MnPr
APP. CRIT. 2: app. ἥσιχα R
Or. 1277.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔρημα⟩: ἀνθρώπων —KMt2PrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. Sa, εἰσὶν prep. Pr, εἰ τάδ’ ἔρημα prep. X | ἀν(θρώπ)ου K
Or. 1278.01 (1278–1280) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβοι τρίμετροι γ´. ἐπὶ τέλει παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: In the form of a separate section, three iambic trimeters. At the end a paragraphos.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,21–22; de Fav. 70
Or. 1278.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καλῶς τά γ’ ἔνθεν⟩: ἔχει δηλονότι τὰ ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ μέρους. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrGu, partial Zc
TRANSLATION: Is in (good) condition, obviously, the situation on this side.
POSITION: s.l. except XTGr
APP. CRIT.: καλῶς prep. T | ἔχει δηλ. om. Zc | δηλονότι om. G | τὰ] τὸ Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,10–11
Or. 1278.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τά γ’ ἐνθάδ’⟩: ὑπάρχει —Mn
LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ὑπάρχ() Mn
Or. 1278.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨τοὐπίσω⟩: τοπικῶς λέγεται τὸ ὀπίσω ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὴν ἄλλην ὁδόν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: The (adverb) ‘opisō’ (‘backwards’) is used in a local sense (not a temporal sense), equivalent to ‘toward the other road’.
LEMMA: τοὐπίσω in text all except τἀπίσω TGr POSITION: s.l. except XT, cont. from sch. 1278.03 XXaT
APP. CRIT.: τὰ ὀπίσω T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,11–12
Or. 1278.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τἀπίσω⟩: γρ. ⟨τ⟩ἀπί σε. —R
TRANSLATION: (For ‘tapisō’, ‘the things behind’) the reading ‘tapi se’ (‘the things toward you’) is found.
LEMMA: τ’ἀπίσω in text R POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1278.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τἀπίσω⟩: γρ. τἀπὶ σοὶ. —ZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (For ‘tapisō’, ‘the things behind’) the reading ‘tapi soi’ (‘the things near you’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. T
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1278.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐπίσω⟩: (τοὐπὶ) σοὶ —Y
TRANSLATION: (For ‘toupisō’, ‘the thing behind’, there is a variant) ‘toupi soi’ (‘the things near you’).
LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1278.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨τἀπίσω⟩: ἤγουν τὰ τοῦ ἄλλου σου μέρους —ZZaZbZlZmT+Gu
TRANSLATION: (‘The things behind’,) that is, the things on your other side.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | σου om. ZbZl
COMMENT: T’s cross here seems to be a simple error.
Or. 1278.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τἀπὶ σοί⟩: ἤγουν τὴν ἄλλην ὁδὸν —Mt
LEMMA: thus in text Mt (a.c. σοῦ) POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1278.19 (rec gloss) ⟨τἀπίσω⟩: ἐπὶ σοῦ —AaPrSa
LEMMA: τὰ ’πισκόπει in text a.c. Aa (σοὶ s.l. Aa2), γράφεται τὰ ἐπίσω s.l. Aa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1279.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς οὔτις … πελάζεται⟩: καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ἡμῖν ἐρχόμενος —Rw
TRANSLATION: And there is nobody that is coming among us.
POSITION: cont. from sch. 1275.01 Rw
COMMENT: The extra words ἐπερχόμεν() (δὲ) that B has at the end of sch. 1275.01 are a remnant of this scholion.
Or. 1279.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς οὔτις … πελάζεται⟩: ὅτι οὔτις ἤγουν οὐδεὶς ἀπὸ τῶν Δαναῶν πελάζεται ἀντὶ τοῦ πελάζει ἡμῖν. —X
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1279.03 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι —AaMnMt2XaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZb2ZlZmTCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. AaCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,13
Or. 1279.04 (rec gloss) ⟨οὔτις⟩: οὐδαμῶς —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The gloss is suited to a text with οὔτι, but like others Mn has οὔτις.
Or. 1279.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨οὔτις⟩: οὐδεὶς —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZlF2Mt2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐδεὶς Mt2
Or. 1279.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨Δαναϊδῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν —AaMnMt2XaXbYYfGGrZl3B3b
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. AaMnZl3B3b
Or. 1279.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨πελάζεται⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πελάζει —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. Mt2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,13
Or. 1279.10 (thom gloss) ⟨πελάζεται⟩: πλησιάζει —ZZaZbZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,14
Or. 1280.01 (vet exeg) ⟨εἰς ταὐτὸν ἥκεις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ συμφωνεῖς μοι —MOCArAaPrSaY2Gu
TRANSLATION: (‘You have come to the same point’ is) equivalent to ‘you agree with me’.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. except O, marg. M
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀντὶ C, ἤγουν Aa, om. OArY2Gu | μοι om. Ar
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,22; Dind. II.289,16
Or. 1280.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς ταὐτὸν ἥκεις⟩: ὅμοιον λέγεις τὸ πρᾶγμα. —R
TRANSLATION: (‘You have come to the same point’. that is,) ‘you speak of the matter as similar’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1280.03 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς ταὐτὸν ἥκεις⟩: ὅμοιον λέγεις ἐμοὶ. —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘You have come to the same point’. that is,) ‘you say something similar to me’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐμὺ Mn
Or. 1280.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς ταὐτὸν ἥκεις⟩: ὥσπερ ἐπὶ σοὶ οὐκ ἔνεστι φόβος, οὐδὲ ἐπ’ ἐμοί. —B3b
TRANSLATION: (‘You have come to the same point’. that is,) ‘just as there is no fear present on your side, nor is there on mine’.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,15–16
Or. 1280.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἰς ταυτὸν⟩: ἐμοί —XXaXbXoT+YfGGrZcMt2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,16
Or. 1280.09 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῇδ’ ὄχλος⟩: ταύτῃ τῇ μερίδι θόρυβος, ἀντὶ τοῦ πρᾶγμα ποιοῦν θόρυβον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Here a disturbance’, that is,) ‘in this area a tumult’, meaning a thing that causes tumult.
POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Gr; as three sep. XaY, θόρυβος κτλ sep. in margin block Yf
APP. CRIT.: τῇδε ἤγουν prep. T | ταύτῃ om. G | θόρυβος] ὄχλος, ἤγουν θόρυβος T | ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν XoG. om. Y | ποιοῦν θόρυβον] θόρυβον ποιοῦν T, ἐμποιοῦν ὄχλον Xo
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,17–18
Or. 1280.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨τῇδ’⟩: ἐνταῦθα, ὅπου ἐγώ εἰμι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,18
Or. 1281.01 (1281–1285) (tri metr) φέρε νυν ἐν πύλαις: 1ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς τρίτης ἐστὶ στροφῆς, ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘δόχμια νῦν κόρας’. 2καὶ αὕτη γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ἐκείνοις εʹ. 3ἐν μέντοι τῷ εʹ κώλῳ ἀντὶ ἰάμβου ἔχει σπονδεῖον· 4ἀδιάφοραι γάρ εἰσιν αἱ καταλήξεις τῶν κώλων καὶ ὁ παρατέλευτος πούς· 5ἔνθα γὰρ ἰαμβικὴ κεῖται συζυγία, ἐναλλάττουσι τοὺς χρόνους, 6καὶ ἀντὶ διιάμβου τιθέασιν ἐπίτριτον τρίτον, 7ὃς σύγκειται ἐκ σπονδείου καὶ ἰάμβου, ἢ πρῶτον, ὃς σύγκειται ἐξ ἰάμβου καὶ σπονδείου, ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ δισπόνδειον. 8ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς παρούσης ἀντιστροφῆς παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: This is the antistrophe of the third strophe, of which the beginning is ‘at a slant now eyes’. For this too consists of five cola similar to those. In the fifth colon, however, it has a spondee instead of iamb. For the final syllables of cola and the penultimate foot are indifferent. For where there is an iambic sygygy, they interchange the lengths, and instead of a double iamb they put a third epitrite, which consists of a spondee and iamb, or a first epitrite, which consists of an iamb and spondee, and on occasion (they put) even a double spondee. At the end of the present antistrophe a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
APP. CRIT.: 4 ἀδιάφοροι TaTb, Arsen. and edd.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,23–30; de Fav. 70–71
Or. 1281.02 (1281–1285) (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ τρίτη κώλων ε´ —T
TRANSLATION: Third antistrophe, of five cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71
Or. 1281.03 (vet exeg) φέρε νυν: φέρε νυν τὴν ἀκοὴν καὶ τὸ οὖς τὸ ἐμὸν πρὸς ταῖς πύλαις παραθῶ ὥστε ἀκούειν βοήν. —MBCRfRw, partial O
TRANSLATION: Come, then, let me place my hearing and my ear at the gates so as to hear a cry.
LEMMA: Rw(νῦν) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C, in three parts O, first two s.l., third marg.
APP. CRIT.: φέρε … καὶ τὸ om. O | φέρε νυν om. M | νυν] νῦν BRfRw, οὖν C | καὶ om. B (unless obscured in binding) | τὸ ἐμὸν] μου M, ἐμὸν O | πρὸς ταῖς om. Rf | ταῖς πύλαις om. O (understood from line) | ἀκοῦσαι BRfRw | βοήν om. BRfRw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,23–24; Dind. II.289,19–20
COLLATION NOTES: In C φέρε … ἐμὸν is written in appearance (size of script, space between lines) like a line of text between 1280 and 1281, but the scribe continues into the remainder of the note in smaller script in the intermarginal region and clearly understood the whole as one note. Misled by appearances, Schwartz reported that C omitted φέρε … ἐμὸν.
Or. 1282.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀκοὰν⟩: ὠτίον —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὠτὶ Pr (misreading of ὠτί(ον))
Or. 1282.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀκοὰν⟩: ἢ τὴν ἀκουστικὴν δύναμιν —CrOx
POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1282.08 Cr
Or. 1282.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀκοὰν⟩: ἤγουν ἀκουστικὸν λόγον —Yf
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,21
Or. 1282.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀκοὰν⟩: ἄκουσμα, βοήν —ZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,20
Or. 1282.10 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨ἀκοὰν⟩: ἀκοὴν —F2PrSaGrZmTOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. F2
Or. 1283.01 (1283–1285) (vet exeg) ⟨τί μέλλεθ’ … σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: διὰ τί μέλλετε πρὸ τοῦ ἐπιστῆσαι τινὰ τὰ σφάγια; —MC
TRANSLATION: Why do you postpone (acting) before someone brings a halt to the slaughter?
POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C
APP. CRIT.: μέλλετε] ἀναβάλλεσθε O | τὰ om. M | lac. after σφάγια Schw., also dividing πρὸ τοῦ κτλ as separate note
APP. CRIT. 2: τινα M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,1; Dind. II.289,22–24 with app.
Or. 1283.02 (1283–1285) (vet exeg) τί μέλλεθ’ οἱ κατ’ οἶκον: διατί ἀναβάλλεσθε πρὸ τοῦ ἐπιστῆναί τινα σφάγια φοινίσσειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰ ξίφη μολύνειν, τουτέστι τὴν Ἑλένην φονεύειν. —BRfRw
TRANSLATION: Why do you postpone, before someone arrives, reddening the victim, equivalent to befouling your swords, that is to say, killing Helen.
LEMMA: BRw, τί μέλλετε R REF. SYMBOL: BRf
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. RfRw
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπιστῆναι τινὰ RfRw | τοῦτέστι B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,1 app.; Dind. II.289,22–24
Or. 1283.03 (1283–1285) (plan exeg) τί μέλλεθ’ οἱ κατ’ οἶκον: 1τί βραδύνετε οἱ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ὄντες, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἤγουν ἐν ἀταραξίᾳ, ἐν ὅσῳ οὐδεὶς ὀχλεῖ, ὥστε σφάγια φοινίσσειν. 2ὥστε τὴν σφαγὴν ποιεῖν ὤφειλεν, 3ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς σφαγῆς αἷμα φοινίσσει, φησὶ σφάγια φοινίσσειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ αἷμα χεῖν διὰ σφαγῆς. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Why do you delay, you who are in the house, in peace, that is, without disturbance, while no one is interfering, so than you can redden the victim? He should have said ‘to perform the slaughter’, but since the blood from the sacrificial slaughter reddens, he says ‘redden the victim’ as equivalent to ‘cause blood to be shed by means of slaughter’.
LEMMA: G; label [μα]ξ in marg. Y REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYf (XbXo begin over line, finish ἐν ὅσω κτλ in marg.)
APP. CRIT.: 1 τί … ἀταραξίᾳ om. G (but G has most of this in sep. glosses) | ἐν ἡσ. … ἀταραξίᾳ] ὡς ἡσυχία ἤγουν ἀταραξία ἐστὶν T | ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ om. Xo | second ἐν om. Yf
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 βραδύνεται X | ἀραξία Y, corr. s.l. | οὐδεῖς a.c. Y | 3 διασφαγῆς Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,24–290,2
KEYWORDS: Planudes
Or. 1283.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί μέλλεθ᾽ οἱ κατ’ οἶκον⟩: πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην φησί. —AaGu
TRANSLATION: She addresses Orestes and his associate.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πρὸς τοὺς and τὸν om. Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,2
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1283.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨μέλλεθ’⟩: βραδύνετε —F2RZZaZbZlTGGuY2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τί prep. R, καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1283.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨οἱ κατ’ οἶκον⟩: ὦ ὑμεῖς οἱ ὄντες —AbMnR
LEMMA: ὦ κατ’ οἶκον in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὦ] καὶ R
Or. 1283.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨οἱ κατ’ οἶκον⟩: ὄντες δηλονότι —Mt2PrSaT+YGuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι] δῆλον PrSa, om. Mt2GuOx2
Or. 1284.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ⟩: ἐν ἀταραξίᾳ, ἐν ὅσῳ οὐδεὶς ὀχλεῖ —Gu
TRANSLATION: (‘In peace’,) without disturbance, while no one is interfering.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Extracted from sch. 1283.03.
Or. 1284.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ⟩: πρὸ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν τινά —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘In peace’,) before anyone comes.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1285.01 (vet exeg) ⟨σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἑλένην φονεύειν —MC
TRANSLATION: (‘Redden the victim’ is) equivalent to ‘kill Helen’.
POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,3
Or. 1285.02 (vet exeg) ⟨σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: τινὲς γράφουσι ‘σφαγίδα φοινίσσειν’, ὅ ἐστι τὴν μάχαιραν. —MBC
TRANSLATION: Some write (instead of ‘sphagia phoinissein’, ‘redden the sacrifical victim’) ‘sphragida phoinissein’ (‘redden the sacrifical knife’), which is to say ‘sword’ (‘machaira’).
POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: σφραγιδ() M, σφραγίδα C | μαχαιρίδα BC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,4; Dind. II.290,3–4
KEYWORDS: variant reading: τινὲς
Or. 1285.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: αἷμα χεῖν διὰ τῆς σφαγῆς —Y2Gu
TRANSLATION: ‘make blood pour out by means of slaughter’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Extracted from sch. 1283.03.
Or. 1285.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: τὴν σφαγὴν ποιεῖν —Zc
TRANSLATION: (‘Redden the victim’ means) ‘carry out the slaughter’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1285.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σφάγια⟩: σφάγια λέγει τὰ θύματα, ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην βάπτειν ἐν τῷ αἵματι. —Zl
TRANSLATION: By ‘sphagia’ he means the sacrificial victim, in other words (the phrase means) ‘to dye Helen with blood’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1285.06 (thom exeg) ⟨σφάγια⟩: τὰ θύματα, ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην —ZZaZbZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Sphagia’ means) the sacrificial victim, in other words, Helen.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,4
Or. 1285.08 (rec gloss) ⟨σφάγια⟩: ἤτοι τὴν μάχαιραν —O
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This gloss was meant for the reading σφαγίδα (sch. 1285.02), but the glossator here could possibly have assumed a catachrestic use of σφάγια, as in the next two.
Or. 1285.09 (rec gloss) ⟨σφάγια⟩: τὰς μαχαίρας —AaAbFMnR
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F | τὰς om. AaF
APP. CRIT. 2: μαχέραις a.c. F
Or. 1285.11 (rec exeg) ⟨φοινίσσειν⟩: ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν ἐκτελέσαι. —Rfr
TRANSLATION: (For ‘phoinissein’, ‘redden’) he should have said ‘ektelesai’ (‘accomplish’).
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,5
Or. 1285.14 (rec gloss) ⟨φοινίσσειν⟩: βάπτειν —AaAbF2MnY2Yf2Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Yf2
APP. CRIT. 2: βαπτεῖν Ab
Or. 1285.15 (thom gloss) ⟨φοινίσσειν⟩: βάπτειν ἐν τῷ αἵματι —ZZaZbZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,4–5
Or. 1286.01 (1286–1287) (tri metr) οὐκ εἰσακούσιν: μετὰ τὰς κατὰ σχέσιν στροφὰς, ἑτέρας τίθησιν ἀπολελυμένας στροφὰς, ὧν προτίθεται τὸ παρὸν σύστημα στίχων ὂν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων δύο. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: After the strophes in responsion, he places additional strophes that are independent, before which is placed the present system consisting of two iambic trimeters. At the end a paragraphos.
LEMMA: in text ‑ουσ’ T; ἡμέτερον in marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71
Or. 1286.02 (1286–1287) (pllgn metr) ἰαμβικοί —Gu
TRANSLATION: Iambic verses.
POSITION: marg. (misplaced beside 1288)
COMMENT: Gr has laid out 1286 abnormally, placing οὐκ ἀκούουσιν on the same line as σφάγια φοίνισσειν and then ὦ τάλαιν’ ἐγὼ κακῶν on its own line. This perhaps led Gu to move the label to the couplet 1288–1289, lines that happen to have twelve syllables and an acute accent on the penultimate syllable of the verse.
Or. 1286.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰσακούουσ’⟩: οὐ μέλλω ἀκοῦσαι —G
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The elided verb is interpreted as the participle εἰσακούουσα, an interpretation that Moschopulus warns against with the gloss sch. 1286.05.
Or. 1286.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν —AaAbMnPrRSaZcZaZl
LEMMA: κακῶν om. in text PrSa REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: s.l. except marg. Aa
APP. CRIT.: ἕνεκεν AbR | τῶν] PrRSa, om. others
Or. 1287.01 (vet exeg) ἆρ’ εἰς τὸ κάλλος: 1ἆρα εἰς τὸ τῆς Ἑλένης κάλλος βλέψαντες οὐκ ἐχρήσαντο τοῖς ξίφεσιν; 2οἷόν τι καὶ Στησίχορος [fr. 201 PMG/PMGF = 106 Finglass] ὑπογράφει περὶ τῶν καταλεύειν αὐτὴν μελλόντων· 3φησὶ γὰρ ἅμα τῷ τὴν ὄψιν αὐτῆς ἰδεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀφεῖναι τοὺς λίθους ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. —MBOCRw
TRANSLATION: Is it that having caught sight of the beauty of Helen they did not use their swords? The sort of thing that Stesichorus too describes concerning those who were going to stone her. For he says that as soon as they saw her face they dropped their stones to the ground.
LEMMA: M(ἆρ)B REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐμβλέψαντες O | 2 αὐτὸν M | 3 φησὶ] καὶ O | γὰρ] ϊὰρ M | τῷ] τὸ MCRw | ἐπὶ γῆς O
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄρα M | οὐκεχρήσαντο M | 2 στισίχορος M | 3 ἐπι M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,6–9; Dind. II.290,6–9
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Stesichorus
Or. 1287.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐὰν ᾖ ἐκκεκώφηται ἄνευ τοῦ ν̅, ἔστιν ὁ λόγος· 2ἆρα μὴ καὶ τὰ ξίφη τῆς Ἑλένης ἀγασθέντα τὸ κάλλος ἀνεπαίσθητα καὶ ἀνενέργητα γεγόνασιν; 3ἐὰν δὲ ᾖ ἐκκεκώφηνται μετὰ τοῦ ν̅, ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀκουστέον· 4ἆρα μὴ διὰ τὸ κάλλος Ἑλένης ἀνεπαίσθητοι ἔμειναν καὶ εἴασαν τὰ ξίφη; || 5ἐκκεκώφηνται ὡς [Hom. Il. 2.135] ‘σπάρτα λέλυνται’. 6Ἀριστοφάνης [fr. 389 Slater] δὲ γράφει ἐκκεκώφωνται ξίφη· 7σημαίνει γὰρ ὅτι εἰς τὸ κάλλος Ἑλένης ἀποβλέψαντες ἀνεπαίσθητοι ἔμειναν καὶ εἴασαν τὰ ξίφη. || 8ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἆρα μὴ καὶ τὰ ξίφη τῷ κάλλει νενίκηται καὶ διαμεμάλακται; 9ἐὰν δὲ ἐκκεκώφωνται, ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ Ὀρέστην ἐκδεκτέον ὅτι ἐκκεκώφωνται αὐτοὶ πρὸς τὸ κάλλος καὶ εἴασαν τὰ ξίφη. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: If the reading is ‘ekkekōphētai’ without nu, the sense is: is it not the case then that even the swords, bedazzled by Helen’s beauty, have become without perception and been rendered inactive? But if the reading is ‘ekkekōphēntai’ with nu, then (the verb) must be understood to apply to Orestes and his associate: is it not the case that because of the beauty of Helen they (Orestes and Pylades) remained without perception and let go of their swords? || (Instead of the more usual singular verb, plural) ‘ekkekōphēntai’ (with neuter plural subject) like (Homeric) ‘sparta leluntai’ (‘the cables have rotted’). And Aristophanes (of Byzantium) writes ‘ekkekōphōntai xiphē’: for (the phrase) means that having look toward the beauty of Helen they remained without perception and let go of their swords. || And the sense (with the reading ‘ekkekōphōtai’) is: is it not that even the swords have been overcome and completely softened by her beauty? But if (the reading is) ‘ekkekōphōntai’, it is to be interpreted as applying to Orestes and his associate, (meaning) that the men themselves have been stunned in the face of her beauty and have let go of their swords.
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐὰν … λόγος om. Rw | ν̅] η̅ M | ἔστιν] ὅ ἐστιν M | after ὁ λόγος add. ὅτι MC | 2 ἀγαθέντα M | 3 ἐὰν δὲ … τοῦ ν̅] τὸ κεκώφηνται εἰ μετὰ τοῦ ν̅ ἦ Rw | ᾖ] om. M, καὶ C | μετὰ τοῦ ν̅ om. MC | τῶν] τοῖς MCRw | 4 τῆς ἑλένης BRw | 5–7 ἐκκεκώφ. … τὰ ξίφη om. Rw, but 6 transp. later (see below) | 5 ἀντὶ τοῦ add. before ἐκκεκώφηνται M, ἀντὶ add. C | ὡς τὸ C | σπάρτα λέλυνται] παρακέκληνται B | 6 transp. to follow 8 διαμεμάλακται Rw | ἐκεκώφωντο Rw, with κ added above first κ | ξίφη om. Rw | 7 σημαίνει … ξίφη om. B | 8–9 ὁ δὲ λόγος κτλ om. M | 8 νενίκηνται Rw | 9 ἐκδετέον C, ἐκδοτέον Rw | (second) ἐκκεκώφωνται] κεκώφωνται C | αὐτὸ C
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἄρα M | ἀναιπέσθητ(α) M | γεγόνασι Rw | 4 ἄρα M, a.c. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,10–19; Dind. II.290,9–20
COMMENT: The note has compiled three or four separate comments (sent. 5 may originally have been separate from 6). Aristophanes was perhaps making a choice between singular and plural verb, but it is unclear whether he was also opining about the choice between ‑ηνται and ‑ωνται (Prelim. Stud. 17 n. 67). | Eustathius cites the phrase three times, and it is clear that he read ‑ηνται (in Il. 14.16, III.569,2–3; in Il. 5.393, II.222,45) and took ξίφη as its subject: in Il. 24.771, IV.985,9–10 καὶ πρὸς τὸ κάλλος τῆς Ἑλένης ἐκκεκωφῆσθαι, ὅπερ Εὐριπίδης γλυκέως ἅμα καὶ τολμηρῶς καί, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἐπιφωνηματικῶς ἐπὶ ξιφῶν ἔγραψεν (‘and were struck dumb in the face of Helen’s beauty, the very phrase that Euripides sweetly as well as daringly, and so to speak by way of a final adornment, wrote in application to swords’).
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of historian or scholar | variant reading: specific scholar | Aristophanes of Byzantium
Or. 1287.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς τὸ κάλλος ἐκκεκώφηνται⟩: ἄπρακτα ἔμειναν, ἠσθένησαν εἰς τὸ κάλλος τῆς Ἑλένης. —Aa
TRANSLATION: They (the swords) remained inactive, they became weak in the face of Helen’s beauty.
LEMMA: in text κεκώφηνται Aa, ἐκ add. s.l REF. SYMBOL: Aa
Or. 1287.04 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς τὸ κάλλος⟩: ἀγασθέντες τὸ κάλλος —O
TRANSLATION: (‘To/toward the beauty’ means) ‘amazed at the beauty’.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1287.05 (mosch exeg) ἆρ’ εἰς τὸ κάλλος: ἀφορῶντα δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcMt2
TRANSLATION: (‘To/toward the beauty’,) obviously, when (the swords were) gazing (at it)
LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: δηλ. om. Mt2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,20
Or. 1287.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται ξίφη⟩: ἠμβλύνθη ἢ ἠβλαβύνθη καὶ ἐξησθένησε τὰ ξίφη. —Zl
TRANSLATION: The swords were blunted or made harmless(?) and lost all their strength.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: ἀβλαβύνω is not previously attested, but seems to be a conceivable formation from ἀβλαβής. The hapax ἀβλαβύνιον is found in Hesych. α 130, apparently a bandage woven from papyrus that cleanses or keeps clean.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 1287.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: γρ. ἐκκεκώφηνται. —FB3b
TRANSLATION: (For singular ‘ekkekōphētai’, ‘has been stunned’,) the reading (plural) ‘ekkekōphēntai’ is found.
POSITION: marg. F, s.l. B3b
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. B3b
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1287.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: ἀνενέργητα ἔμειναν —RfrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 1287.05 XGr
APP. CRIT.: ἀνενέργητα] ἄπρακτα add. s.l. Gu | ἔμειναν om. Rfr | τὰ ξίφη add. XXoGGr
APP. CRIT. 2: ἤμειναν Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,21–22
Or. 1287.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: ἀπεστόμωνται —Mn
LEMMA: ἐκκεκώφωται in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1287.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: ὥσπερ(?) ἠμβλύνθησαν(?) καὶ ἠσθένησαν —R
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The gloss is badly effaced throughout, but traces of βλ and θη suggest the first verb was the same one used in the Thoman gloss (sch. 1287.15, cf. 1287.09).
Or. 1287.15 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: ἠμβλύνθη, ἐξησθένησεν —ZZaZbZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἠμβλύνθησαν, ἐξησθένησαν Zb
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ησε ZmGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,22
Or. 1287.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηνται⟩: γρ. ἐκκεκώφωνται. —AaB4
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ekkekēphntai’) the reading ‘ekkekōphōntai’ is found.
LEMMA: in text κεκώφηνται Aa, ἐκ add. s.l.; ‑φηνται p.c. B3b POSITION: marg. Aa, s.l. B4
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. B4 | κεκώφωνται Aa
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1287.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηνται⟩: κατέλειψαν, παρείησαν —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: παρείησαν is what both scribes wrote, but it is difficult. Is it from παρίημι as an alternative to παρεῖσαν (παρείησαν is normally an optative), or is it from παρεάω as an alternative to παρείασαν? There seems to be no parallel for either.
COLLATION NOTES: The κακῶν that is present in Sa to the right and a little higher than the end of παρείησαν is actually the last word of 1286, for which there was not room at the end of the previous line in the right column.
Or. 1287.23 (plan gram) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: 1ἀπὸ τοῦ κωφὸς κωφεύω, ἀφ’ οὗ ἐκώφευον παρατατικὸς καὶ κωφεύσω μέλλων. 2μέσος δὲ ὑπερσυντελικὸς ἐκκεκώφειν ἑτεροκλίτως καὶ προσθήκῃ τῆς ε̅κ̅, ἀπὸ τοῦ κωφέω κωφῶ ἀχρήστου, κατὰ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τοῦ λέληκα. 3Συνέσιος [Synesius, epist. 5, p. 14,16 Garzya = Epist. Gr. 4, p. 640 Hercher]· ‘ἀλλ’ ἐκκεκώφει τὸ κάθαρμα’. 4παρακείμενος ἐκκεκώφημαι. ὡς καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁ Εὐριπίδης. ‘ἆρ’ εἰς τὸ κάλλος ἐκεκώφηται ξίφη;’ 5λέγεται δὲ ἐκκεκώφωμαι καὶ ἐκκεκώφωνται, καὶ ἔτι κεκώφωνται χωρὶς τῆ ε̅κ̅, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἀόριστος ἐκωφώθην, ἀπὸ ἑτέρου πάλιν αὐτὰ θέματος ἀχρήστου τοῦ κωφόω κωφῶ. 6τὸ δὲ πρᾶγμα κωφότης λέγεται ὡς χωλότης καὶ τυφλότης. 7λέγεται καὶ κώφωσις. —Y2
TRANSLATION: From adjective ‘kōphos’ (‘mute/deaf’) is derived the verb ‘kōpheuō’ (‘be mute’), from which the imperfect is ‘ekōpheuon’ and ‘kōpheusō’ is the future. And the middle pluperfect is ‘ekkekōphein’ with an irregular inflection and with addition of the prepositional prefix ‘ek’, from the unused base-form ‘kōpheō kōphō’, in accordance with the conjugational pattern of ‘lelēka’. (Example:) Synesius ‘but the filthy creature had become deaf’. Perfect tense ‘ekkekōphēmai’, as also here Euripides: ‘Have the swords fallen dumb at the sight of her beauty?’ And the word is found as ‘ekkekōphōmai’ and ‘ekkekōphōntai’, and also ‘kekōphōntai’ without the ‘ek’, from which also the aorist ‘ekōphōthēn’, these being again in turn from another unused base-form ‘kōphoō kōphō’. The thing produced is called ‘kōphotēs’, formed like ‘chōlotēs’ (‘lameness’) and ‘tuphlotēs’ (‘blindness’). The noun ‘kōphōsis’ is also used.
LEMMA: in marg. label τοῦ αὐτοῦ (referring to label [μα]ξ of sch. 1283.03)
APP. CRIT.: 2 μέσως Y
COMMENT: See Prelim. Stud. 101–102. Cf. Synesius, epist. 5.68–70 [p. 14,15–17 Garzya = Epist. Gr. 4, p. 640–641 Hercher], οὔκουν ἔπειθον λέγων, ἀλλ’ ἐξεκεκώφητο τὸ κάθαρμα, ἕως ἄνεμος ἀπαρκτίας ἐπαράσσει πολύς, κῦμα ἐλαύνων ὑψηλὸν καὶ τραχύ. This epistle about a terrifying sea voyage was well known to Byzantine readers.
KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | Planudes | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Synesius
Or. 1287.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: κωφέω κωφῶ καὶ κοφόω κωφῶ —Zm
TRANSLATION: ‘Kōpheō’ (‘be mute, be deaf’, contracted as) ‘kōphō’ and ‘kōphoō’ (‘make mute, make deaf’, likewise contracted as) ‘kōphō’.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1287.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ξίφος⟩: ξίφη —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For singular ‘xiphos’, ‘sword’, there is a variant reading, plural) ‘xiphē’.
POSITION: s.l.
TRANSLATION: These following metrical forms are properly called ‘consisting of dissimilar strophes’ because they are not in responsion. So then, the cola of the present strophe are four. The first is a one-and-a-half measure paeonic formed from a fourth paeon and a spondee. The second is a one-and-a-half measure ionic a minore formed from an ionic and a spondee. The third and fourth are similar to the first. At the end a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,31–20,4; de Fav. 71
COMMENT: Triclinius does not mention that the third colon ends in an iambic basis rather than a spondee, but see his remark on sch. 1281.01.
KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα
Or. 1288.02 (1288–1291) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων δ´ —T
TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of four cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71
Or. 1288.03 (1288–1291) (thom exeg) ⟨τάχα … προσμίξει⟩: τοῦτο εἶπεν ἢ διότι πρὸς τὸν φόνον οὗτοι βραδύνουσιν, ἢ διότι τὸν χορὸν εἶδεν ἀμελῶς πρὸς τὴν φυλακὴν ἔχοντα. —ZZaZlZmGu, partial T
TRANSLATION: She (Electra) said this either because these men (Orestes and Pylades) are being slow about the murder, or because she saw the chorus being careless in regard to being on the lookout.
REF. SYMBOL: at 1290 ποδὶ ZZa POSITION: cont. from sch. 1291.12, add. δὲ, ZlZmGu (ZlZm start s.l. with προσέλθῃ, remainder completed in margin block
APP. CRIT.: (first) ἢ and ἢ διότι κτλ om. T
APP. CRIT. 2: βραδύνουσι Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,1–3
COMMENT: In ZZaZlZm, as in most witnesses, there is no change of speaker marked, so that Electra is assigned 1286–1293 as a whole.
Or. 1288.04 (1288–1291) (mosch paraphr) ⟨τάχα … προσμίξει⟩: ἴσως τις ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀργείων ἐν ὅπλοις ὁρμήσας πορείᾳ βοηθῷ εἰς μέλαθρα προσμίξει ἤγουν προσελεύσεται. —X
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: τίς X
Or. 1288.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨Ἀργείων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν —XaXbXoYYfGGrZcMt2Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. Zc | Ἀργείων add. Y
Or. 1289.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔνοπλος⟩: γρ. ἐν ὅπλοις. —R
TRANSLATION: (For ‘enhoplos’, nominative adjective ‘armed’,) the reading ‘en hoplois’ (‘in arms’) is found.
LEMMA: thus in text R POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνόπλοις R
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1289.03 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἐν ὅπλοις⟩: ἔνοπλος —AaKXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (For ‘en hoplois’, ‘in arms’, there is a variant the reading) ‘enhoplos’ (nominative adjective ‘armed’).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T
COMMENT: Triclinius’ ἤγουν indicates that he considered this a gloss and not a variant reading. But X’s compiled paraphrase (sch. 1288.05) does not substitute ἔνοπλος for ἐν ὅπλοις, which suggests that for Moschopulus ἔνοπλος was not a gloss.
Or. 1290.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ποδί⟩: πορείᾳ —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOxr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,27
Or. 1290.02 (vet exeg) βοηδρόμῳ: 1βοηθῷ, τῷ μετὰ βοῆς βοηθοῦντι —MOCMnR
TRANSLATION: (‘Boēdromōi’ means) ‘the assisting one’, ‘the one coming to assist with a shout’.
LEMMA: C POSITION: s.l. MMnR(under line, last of page), marg. O
APP. CRIT.: βοηθῷ om. OMn | τῷ] τὸ M, om. R
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,21
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1290.03 (vet exeg) βοηδρόμῳ: 1τῷ βοηθῷ, τῷ μετὰ βοῆς βοηθοῦντι, ἢ τῷ ἐν τῇ βοῇ θέοντι, ἤγουν ἐν τῇ μάχῃ. 2πρὸς τὰ μέλαθρα, φησὶ, τις βοηθὸς παραγενήσεται. —BRf
TRANSLATION: (‘Boēdromōi’ means) ‘the assisting one’, ‘the one coming to assist with a shout’, or the one running amidst the war-cry, that is, in battle. At the palace, she says, some assisting ally will arrive.
LEMMA: ποδὶ βοηδρόμῳ BRf REF. SYMBOL: BRf
APP. CRIT.: 1 first τῷ om. Rf | 2 παραγένηται Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μετα B | 2 τις] τίς B, p.c. Rf, τῆς(?) a.c. Rf (τίς in text BRf), τὶς MeMu (and Arsenius in rewritten version, see comment)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,21–22 with app.; cf. Dind. II.290,24–26
COMMENT: For the second sentence Arsenius has ἴσως φησὶ τὶς [i.e. ἴσως, φησὶ, τὶς] ἀπὸ τῶν ἀργείων μεθ’ ὅπλων ὁρμήσας πρὸς τὰ μέλαθρα βοηθὸς παραγενήσεται.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1290.04 (rec exeg) ⟨βοηδρόμῳ⟩: βοὴ ἡ μάχη. —Pr
TRANSLATION: (In the compound ‘boēdromō’) ‘boē’ has the sense ‘battle’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1290.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βοηδρόμῳ⟩: τουτέστι μετὰ μάχης —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Boēdromōi’,) that is to say, ‘with battle’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1290.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βοηδρόμῳ⟩: καὶ μετὰ βοῆς τρέχοντι —F
TRANSLATION: (‘Boēdromōi’,) and running with a (battle-)cry.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1290.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨βοηδρόμῳ⟩: βοηθῷ —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch, 1290.01 XaXbXoYfG
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,28
Or. 1290.09 (thom gloss) ⟨βοηδρόμῳ⟩: ταχυτάτῳ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,28
Or. 1291.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨μέλαθρα προσμίξει⟩: ἀντὶ πρὸς τὰ μέλαθρα παραγενήσεται —C
POSITION: cont. from sch. 1290.02 C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,22 with app.
Or. 1291.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μέλαθρα⟩: εἰς —AaFPrSaXaXbXoYYfGGrZcB3b
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὰ add. B3b, μέλαθρα add. Gr
Or. 1291.07 (vet gloss) ⟨προσμίξει⟩: παραγενήσεται —MCPrSaB3b
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3b
APP. CRIT.: περι‑ C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214, app. at 22; Dind. II.290,29
Or. 1291.08 (rec gloss) ⟨προσμίξει⟩: παραγένηται —AaFMnPr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F | παραγίνεται Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,29
Or. 1291.12 (thom gloss) προσμίξει: προσέλθῃ —ZZaZbZlZmTGuaGub
LEMMA: Gua POSITION: s.l. except Gua
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm, καὶ prep. Gua
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑θει or ‑θοι a.c. Zb, ‑θει GuaGub
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,1
Or. 1291.13 (rec gloss) ⟨προσμίξει⟩: ἔλθῃ —AaKCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔλθει K
Or. 1292.01 (1292–1293) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν στίχοι ἰαμβικοὶ δύο. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: In the form of a separate section, two iambic (trimeter) lines, At the end a paragraphos.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,5–6; de Fav. 71
Or. 1292.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨σκέψασθε νῦν ἄμεινον· οὐχ ἕδρα ἀγών⟩: βέλτιον ἀκριβῶς σκοπήσατε. οὐ γὰρ χρεία νῦν τοῦ καθέζεσθαι. —B
TRANSLATION: Accurately examine (the matter) better. For there is no need for sitting idle now.
LEMMA: σκέψασθε νῦν ἄμεινον B REF. SYMBOL: B
Or. 1292.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σκέψασθαι νῦν ἄμεινον· οὐχ ἕδρα ἀγών⟩: σκέψασθαι γὰρ ἄμεινον, ὁ γὰρ ἀγὼν οὗτος οὐ καθέδρας ἐστίν, οὐκ ἀναπαύσεως ὁ καιρός. —G
TRANSLATION: For it is better to examine (the matter), since this struggle is not one of sitting idle, the moment is not one of rest.
LEMMA: in text σκέψασθαι p.c. G POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1292.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨σκέψασθαι νῦν ἄμεινον⟩: βέλτιον ἀκριβῶς σκοπῆσαι. —MOCRfY2
TRANSLATION: It is better to examine (the matter) accurately.
LEMMA: in text σκέψασθαι OCRf, p.c. M1/2Y2 (‑σθε MY) POSITION: s.l. except Rf; cont. from sch. 1292.19 Rf, add. δ’
APP. CRIT.: βέλτιον om. OY2 | σποπ. ἀκρ. transp. O
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214.23
Or. 1292.06 (vet exeg) ⟨σκέψασθε⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορόν —MMn
TRANSLATION: Addressed to the chorus.
POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Mn
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1292.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨σκέψασθε⟩: σκέψασθαι —XaXbYYfGrZu
TRANSLATION: (For plural imperative ‘skepsasthe’, ‘look, examine’, there is a variant, infinitive) ‘skepsasthai’ (‘to look, examine’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1292.08 (recTri gloss) ⟨σκέψασθε⟩: σκοπεῖτε —MnPrSaZlT
LEMMA: in text ‑σθαι a.c. Pr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: σκοπεῖται Mn
Or. 1292.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σκέψασθαι⟩: σκοπῆσαι —AaPrGu
LEMMA: thus in text Aa (ε s.l.), a.c. Pr, s.l. Gr, also app. a.c. Gr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ καὶ prep. Pr
Or. 1292.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκέψασθαι⟩: καὶ ἐπιτηρῆσαι —Zm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπιτῆραι a.c. Zm
Or. 1292.13 (rec gloss) ⟨σκέψασθε⟩: πανταχοῦ —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The gloss is above θαι νῦ but close to the gloss on ἄμεινον (next), so perhaps it was intended for ἄμεινον instead, or clarifies the whole phrase σκέψασθε νῦν ἄμεινον.
Or. 1292.17 (tri gloss) ⟨ἄμεινον⟩: κρειττόνως —T, perhaps Mtr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: app. erased in Mt
COLLATION NOTES: This gloss and several others of Mtr are obscured by what appears to be an effort to rub them out, perhaps by the person who later added some Latin glosses. I do not report these apparent erasures, assuming they are irrelevant to the Greek annotation.
Or. 1292.19 (vet paraphr) ⟨οὐχ ἕδρας ἀγών⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἔστι χρεία τοῦ καθέζεσθαι. —MCRf
TRANSLATION: (‘Not a contest of sitting’ is) equivalent to ‘there is no need for sitting idle’.
REF. SYMBOL: to 1295 ἀμείβω M POSITION: marg. M, beside 1295, first line of verso
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rf, τοῦ om. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,24; Dind. II.291,13
Or. 1292.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐχ ἕδρας ἀγών⟩: οὐκ ἔ⟨σ⟩τι ἀγὼν καθέδρας. —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Although Mn’s ἔτι could have been inspired by νῦν in the preceding phrase, it is more to be a corruption of ἔστι, which appears in the prev. and the next.
Or. 1292.22 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐχ ἕδρας ἀγών⟩: οὐκ ἀναπαύσεως καιρός. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc
TRANSLATION: It is not a moment for rest.
LEMMA: οὐχ ἕδρας X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: οὐχὶ Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,7
Or. 1292.25 (thom gloss) ⟨ἕδρας⟩: ἀναπαύσεως καὶ ἀργίας —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀναπαύσεως καὶ om. Gu (probably reusing ἀναπαύσεως of Gr) | καὶ ἀργ. om. Ox2
Or. 1293.04 (mosch exeg) ἐνθάδ’: εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ἐπὶ κινήσεως. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrGuZc
TRANSLATION: (‘Enthade’, ‘here’, means) toward this direction, (the adverb being used) to convey motion (and not location).
LEMMA: Gr, ἀλλ’ αἱ μὲν ἐνθάδ’ X POSITION: s.l. except XGr
APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ κιν. om. GuZc
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπι Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,9
Or. 1293.07 (mosch exeg) ἑλίσσετε: τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς δηλονότι, ἤγουν περισκοπεῖσθε. —XXbXoT+YYfGGrAa
TRANSLATION: (With ‘turn about’ understand) your eyes, clearly; in other words, look all around.
LEMMA: XTGr(‑ται a.c.) POSITION: marg. Aa, s.l. XbXoYYfGGr
APP. CRIT.: δηλ. ἤγουν om. G | ἤγουν περισκ. om. Aa | περισκοπεῖτε Xo
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,10–11
Or. 1293.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἑλίσσετε⟩: συστρέφετε ἑαυτάς —ZZaZbZlZmTGuMtr
TRANSLATION: (‘Turn about’ means) ‘turn yourselves around’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep., ἑαυτὰς om. Mtr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,11
TRANSLATION: This strophe is of two cola. The first is a one-and-a-half measure antispastic formed from an antispast and a trochee. The second is a pure iambic penthemimeres. At the end a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,7–9; de Fav. 71
Or. 1294.02 (1294–1295) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων β´ —T
TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of two cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71
Or. 1294.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμείβω κέλευθον σκοποῦσα πάντα⟩: ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἅπαντα βλέπω. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: In succession I look at every place.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τόπον] τρόπον PrSa | βλέπω] τραπω a.c. Pr
Or. 1294.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμείβω⟩: γρ. ἀμείβετε. —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ameibō’, ‘I exchange’) the reading ‘ameibete’ (plural imperative ‘exchange’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: (ἀμείβ)εται Mn
COMMENT: That the reported variant was originally ἀμείβετε is supported by the nearby γρ.-variant σκοποῦσαι (sch. 1295.04). The reading may have begun by unconscious repetition of ‑ετε from the previous word, causing the participle to be adjusted to the plural. Alternatively, someone may have read 1294–1295 as still spoken by Electra and consciously changed the verb to another plural imperative.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1294.05 (mosch exeg) ἀμείβω: διέρχομαι τοῖς ὄμμασιν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrGuZc
TRANSLATION: (‘Ameibō’, ‘I exchange’, here means) ‘I go through with my eyes’
LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except XGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,15
Or. 1294.12 (rec gloss) ⟨κέλευθον⟩: ὁδὸν —AbF2CrOxB3b
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. F2, καὶ τὴν prep. CrOx
Or. 1295.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨σκοποῦσα πάντα⟩: ἐκ διαδοχῆς πάντα περιβλεπομένη —MCRf
TRANSLATION: Looking around at everything in succession.
LEMMA: πάντη in text Rf POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1292.19 all (in M 1292.19 is placed at 1295)
APP. CRIT.: ἐκδιαδοχὴν M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,1; Dind. II.291,5–6 and 13–14
Or. 1295.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨σκοποῦσα πάντα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκριβῶς πάντα περιβλεπομένη —BRwaRwb
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘looking around carefully at everything’.
LEMMA: ἀμείβω κέλευθον all; πάντη in text Rw REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: Rwb version added by rubricator, lower down in side block area
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,1 with app.; cf. Dind. II.291,14–15
Or. 1295.04 (rec exeg) ⟨σκοποῦσα⟩: γρ. σποκοῦσαι. —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For feminine singular participle ‘skopousa’, ‘looking’,) the reading (feminine plural participle) ‘skopousai’ is found.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See on sch. 1294.04.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1296.01 (1296–1298) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν στίχοι ἰαμβικοὶ γ´. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: In the form of a separate section, three iambic lines. At the end a paragraphos.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,10–11; de Fav. 72
Or. 1296.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πελασγὸν⟩: τὸ θετικὸν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ, Πελασγικὸν. —Aa
TRANSLATION: (‘Pelasgon’ is) the positive degree adjective used for the possessive, ‘Pelasgikon’ (‘Pelasgian’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1296.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ὄλλυμαι⟩: φθείρομαι —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,18
Or. 1297.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἠκούσατ’⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν —Mn
TRANSLATION: Addressed to the chorus.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 1297.04 (thom exeg) ⟨χεῖρ’ ἔχουσιν ἐν φόνῳ⟩: ἤγουν ἤδη τοῦ φόνου ἀπάρχονται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘They have their hand in murder’,) that is, ‘they are finally beginning the murder’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Za
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,19
COLLATION NOTES: There is an undeciphered gloss of a few words here by Mtr, but the few traces do not seem to match this annotation.
Or. 1298.05 (mosch gloss) κώκυμ’: ἡ μετὰ θρήνου βοή —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrGuZc
LEMMA: κώκυμα XGr POSITION: s.l. except XGr
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Xo | ἡ om. Y
APP. CRIT. 2: μετα Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,21
Or. 1298.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ὡς ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ὡς ἔστι τεκμήρασθαι —MBCPrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs apeikasai’, ‘so as to conjecture’, means) ‘as it is possible to infer (from signs)’.
REF. SYMBOL: MC POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. PrSa
APP. CRIT.: ὡς ἔστι] ὅ ἐστι PrSa | ἔστι om. B | at end add. τίς δῆλον PrSa (cf. sch. 1298.16), add. τι B acc. to Schw. (cannot be confirmed on available images)
APP. CRIT. 2: ὥς ἐστι C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,2; Dind. II.291,20–21
Or. 1298.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ὡς ἔστι τεκμήρασθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ κωκύματος —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs apeikasai’, ‘so as to conjecture’, means) ‘as it is possible to infer from the shriek’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1298.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὥστ’ ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ὅσον δυνατόν ἐστι τεκμήρασθαι —G
TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs apeikasai’, ‘so as to conjecture’, means) ‘as far as it is possible to infer (from signs)’.
LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1298.13 (tri exeg) ⟨ὡς ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ὡς ἔστιν εἰκάσαι —T
TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs apeikasai’, ‘so as to conjecture’, means) ‘as it is possible to conjecture’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1298.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ὁμοιῶσαι —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ὁμοιῶσε (or ‑ώσε?) Ab
TRANSLATION: This strophe is of two cola. The first is a pure dactylic tetrameter. The second is compound, consisting of a dactylic dipody and a trochaic ithyphallic. At the end a paragraphos.
LEMMA: in marg. τρικλ() Ta (ἡμέτερον om. T)
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἰθυφαλικοῦ T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,12–14; de Fav. 72
Or. 1299.02 (1299–1300) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων β´ —T
TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of two cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72
Or. 1299.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀέναον κράτος⟩: διαπαντὸς ὂν κράτος —AbMnS
LEMMA: ἀένναον in text all POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κράτος om. Ab
APP. CRIT. 2: διαπαντος ὃν S
Or. 1299.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀέναον⟩: διηνεκές —RXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*CrOx
LEMMA: ἀένναον in text RGGrZcZZaZbZlZmCrOx, a.c Xo POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,23
Or. 1299.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀέναον⟩: ἀΐδιον —AaF2PrSaY2
LEMMA: ἀένναον in text AaF2PrSa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ prep. F2
Or. 1299.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀέναον⟩: ἀδιάλειπτον —AaGu
LEMMA: ἀένναον in text AaGr POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,23
Or. 1299.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κράτος⟩: ἢ ἰσχὺς —Mtr
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: There is an undeciphered gloss before this, probably belonging to ἀέναον.
Or. 1300.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔλθ’ ἐπίκουρον … πάντως⟩: ἐλθὲ ἐξ ἅπαντος τρόπου ἐπίκουρον τοῖς ἐμοῖς φίλοις. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr, partial G
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἐπίκουρον κτλ om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξάπαντος XXaY
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,24–25
Or. 1300.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλθ’⟩: ἄν ποτε νὰ ἔλθῃς —AaMnPrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἄμποτε Aa | νὰ om. AaMn | ἔλθοις Sa
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔλθεις Mn
Or. 1300.06 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: βοηθὸν —CrOxT
LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
